IC-NRLF 


if i 


PROGRESSIVE  'EXERCISES 


IN .  .  , 

SPANISH  PROSE  COMPOSITION 

WITH  NOTES  AND  A   VOCABULARY 

BY 
M.  MONTROSE  RAMSEY 

AND 

ANITA  JOHNSTONE  LEWIS 


Nl 

HENRY  HOLT  AND  COMPANY 
1900 


'  ' 


Copyright,  1900 

BY 
HENRY  HOLT  &  CO. 


PREFACE 

IN  the  study  of  foreign  languages  in  this  country,  the 
importance  of  translating  English  sentences  seems,  .un- 
fortunately, not  to  have  been  fully  appreciated.  There 
are  three  degrees  of  attainment  in  the  knowledge  of  a 
foreign  tongue:  first,  the  ability  to  read  it  understand- 
ingly ;  second,  the  ability  to  use  it  in  conversation ;  third, 
the  ability  to  write  what  would  be  accepted  for  publica- 
tion. The  last  of  these  three  grades  of  proficiency  is 
very  rarely  attained. 

There  is  a  well-known  story  of  a  philosopher  who  had 
two  cats,  —  a  large  one  and  a  kitten,  —  and  as  he  wished 
to  allow  them  free  entrance  and  egress  without  being 
obliged  to  open  the  door  for  them  each  time,  he  cut  two 
holes  in  the  back  door,  —  a  large  one  for  the  cat,  and  a 
small  one  for  the  kitten.  This  arrangement  worked  per- 
fectly. But  anfc  acquaintance  with  an  inquiring  turn  of 
mind,  seeing  'the  two  holes  and  learning  their  purport, 
propounded  the  unanswerable  objection,  "Why  did  you 
cut  a  second  hole  for  the  kitten  ?  Did  you  not  know  that 
it  could  get  in  at  the  large  hole  ?" 

This  seems  in  great  measure  to  be  a  common  mistake 
in  language  instruction.  Months,  if  not  entire  years,  of 
a  college  course  are  spent  in  exercising  the  student  in 
rendering  into  English  a  foreign  text,  whereas  the  same 
amount  of  time  devoted  to  translating  English  into  the 
foreign  language  studied  would  give  him  not  only  great 


IV  PREFACE 

readiness  in  literary  composition  in  that  language,  but 
also  such  a  mastery  of  it  that  he  would  be  able  to  read  it 
as  a  matter  of  course.  To  follow  the  simile,  instead  of 
cutting  a  small  hole  for  the  kitten,  he  would  have  cut  a 
large  hole  that  would  admit  both  cat  and  kitten. 

In  order  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  a  text-book 
of  Spanish  composition  that  should  contain  exercises  of 
a  more  advanced  character  than  those  found  in  the  vari- 
ous grammatical  treatises,  it  has  been  decided  to  lay  this 
little  book  before  the  public.  The  material  composing  it 
was  originally  prepared  for  the  more  advanced  classes 
coming  under  the  author's  own  instruction;  and  having 
once  successfully  borne  the  test  of  practical  application  in 
class  use,  it  is  hoped  that  it  may  prove  equally  satisfac- 
tory to  other  teachers  of  the  Spanish  language. 

The  exercises  comprising  the  work  were  collected  and 
arranged  in  their  present  form  by  one  of  the  author's 
post-graduate  students,  whose  name  appears  on  the  title 
page ;  and  it  is  to  her  that  a  large  share  of  whatever  credit 
may  attach  to  the  work  should  be  accorded.  Grateful 
acknowledgment  is  also  due  to  another  student,  Miss 
Frances  Mabel  Jacobs,  A.  M.,  for  valuable  aid  in  the 
preparation  of  the  notes  and  the  vocabulary. 

The  subject  matter  is  divided  into  two  parts :  the  first 
consists  of  sentences,  more  or  less  detached,  dealing  with 
the  several  parts  of  speech,  and  various  idiomatic  diffi- 
culties ;  the  second  comprises  connected  discourse,  de- 
signed to  afford  a  review  of  the  entire  grammatical  struc- 
ture of  the  language. 

M.  M.  R. 

COLUMBIAN  UNIVERSITY, 

WASHINGTON,  January  25,  1900. 


TO  THE  STUDENT 

Doubtless  nearly  all  students  look  up  words  in  their 
vocabulary  or  dictionary  in  the  order  in  which  they  meet 
with  them.  The  amount  of  time  wasted  by  this  alternat- 
ing from  text  to  various  parts  of  the  vocabulary  is  in  the 
aggregate  considerable.  Much  time  can  be  saved,  'and 
considerable  wear  and  tear  of  the  book  be  avoided,  by  the 
following  method: 

Procure  several  hundred  slips  of  paper  of  good  quality, 
uniformly  cut  to  a  size  of,  say,  2  by  3  inches.  Then,  when 
you  have  to  translate  an  exercise  where  the  number  of 
words  to  be  looked  up  is  comparatively  large,  simply  write 
on  a  separate  card  each  unknown  word  as  you  come  to  it. 
When  the  exercise  has  been  gone  through  in  this  way, 
arrange  your  cards  alphabetically,  and  open  your  vocab- 
ulary or  dictionary  at  the  first  letter.  Proceed  regularly 
through  the  alphabet,  writing  down  on  each  card  the  ap- 
propriate equivalent  of  the  word  already  on  it. 

These  cards  may  be  spread  out  in  alphabetical  order 
before  you  while  you  are  writing  the  exercise ;  and  should 
be  carried  about  in  the  pocket  to  be  consulted  at  waste 
moments  of  time  until  the  words  are  learned. 


CONTENTS 


PART  I 

EXERCISE  PAGE 

I.   ARTICLES i 

II.   THE  POSSESSIVE    . 2 

III.  ADJECTIVES 3 

IV.  THE  PASSIVE 5 

V.  SER  AND  ESTAR 6 

VI.   ARTICLES 7 

VII.   IDIOMS  INVOLVING  TENER 9 

VIII.   THE  PAST  PARTICIPLE n 

IX.   PARTS  OF  THE  BODY 12 

X.   OBJECTIVE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS         ....  14 

XL    OBJECTIVE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS,  continued       .         .  15 

XII.   ADVERBS 17 

XIII.  THE  FUTURE  TENSE 19 

XIV.  AORIST  AND  IMPERFECT  TENSES          ....  21 
XV.    VOLVER   A,   ACABAR  DE,   AND  ESTAR  PARA          .          .  23 

XVI.   THE  GERUND 24 

XVII.  DEBER 26 

XVIII.  PODER 28 

XIX.   THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 30 

XX.   THE  SUBJUNCTIVE,  continued 32 

XXL   THE  SUBJUNCTIVE,  continued 34 

XXII.   THE  CONDITIONAL 37 

xxni.  HABER 39 

XXIV.   TRANSITIVE  AND  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS       ...  41 

XXV,  MISCELLANEOUS  IDIOMATIC  EXPRESSIONS  44 

vii 


Vlll  CONTENTS 

PART  II 

EXERCISE  PAGE 

I.  PRECIOUS  STONES 46 

II.   INDIAN  CORN 48 

III.  THE  CONDOR 50 

IV.  COAL 51 

V.   WATER 52 

VI.   THE  SNOW 56 

VII.   POLITICAL  AND  COMMERCIAL  PROGRESS     ...  58 

VIII.   THE  ANCIENT  BRITONS 61 

IX.  THE  BATTLE  OF  HASTINGS 63 

X.   GRANADA        .        . 65 

XI.   CONVERSATION:   AUTUMN     ......  67 

XII.   CONVERSATION:  WINTER 70 

XIII.  CONVERSATION:   SPRING 74 

XIV.  LETTER:   A  FIRE  IN  A  WASHINGTON  SUBURB   .        .  78 
XV.   LETTER:  THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN       .  82 

APPENDIX:  WORDS  COMMON  TO  SPANISH  AND  ENGLISH    .  89 

VOCABULARY 95 


-'    \  -   *v 
•HE 

NIVERS/TY 

,       or  / 

QRN\L^ 


SPANISH   PROSE  COMPOSITION 


PART  I 


EXERCISE  I 

ARTICLES 

(Study  §§  70-71,  76-78,  and  211-222,  "Ramsey's  Text-Book  of  Modern 
Spanish  ") 

i.  The  heron  builds  its  nest  among  the  rushes  along 
the  bank  of  a  stream,  or  in  the  grass  of  a  marsh.  2.  The 
tiger  inhabits  the  jungles  of  India*  and  Ceylon ;  the  lion 
lives  in  the  deserts  of  Africa  (f.  3.).  3.  The  planters  of 
the  Island  of  Cuba  cultivate  coffee,  sugar,  tobacco,  cotton, 
and  corn.  4.  The  jeweler  sells  gold  rings,  and  watches, 
diamond  ornaments,  and  silver  articles.  5.  The  Repub- 
lic of  Bolivia  possesses  mines  of  copper,  silver,  and  plati- 
num. 6.  The  king  and  queen  live  during  the  winter  in  a 
marble  palace  in  the  capital  (f.)  ;  they  spend  the  summer 

*  Words  in  italics  are  convertible  into  Spanish  by  attention  to 
the  orthographic  rules  and  lists  of  terminations  contained  in  the 
Appendix,  pp.  89-94. 

I 


2  THE  POSSESSIVE 

in  their  residence  in  the  country.  7.  The  ft  xes  run  to 
their  holes  because  they  fear  the  hunters'  dogi .  8.  The 
stars  of  the  flag  of  the  United  States  have  five  points. 
9.  We  receive  letters  and  newspapers  from  our  corre- 
spondents in  Europe.  10.  The  soil  of  California  pro- 
duces in  abundance  oranges,  grapes,  and  plums.  n. 
Owls  eat  mice,  frogs,  and  other  small  animals.  12.  They 
do  not  fly  in  the  daytime,  but  remain  hidden  in  hollow 
trees  and  old  houses,  whence  they  emerge  at  nightfall  to 
seek  food. 

10.   California:  supply  definite  article. 

12.   remain,  se  quedan, 
to,  para  (§  506),* 


EXERCISE  II 

THE  POSSESSIVE 

(Study  §§  70-71  and  250-253) 

I.  This  morning  I  am  going  to  work  in  my  garden  and 
plant  flower  seeds.  2.  The  shoemaker  makes  leather 
shoes  and  the  carpenter  wooden  tables  and  chairs.  3.  I 
want  to  speak  to  the  butcher's  boy,  but  he  does  not  come. 
4.  The  dentist  gives  a  silk  dress  to  his  daughter,  and  a 
gold  watch  to  his  son.  5.  I  am  going  with  my  guests  to 
drink  lemonade  in  the  arbor.  6.  We  see  a  boat  on  the 
river  and  two  sailbrs  in  the  boat.  7.  The  sailors  have 

*  In  the  grammatical  and  explanatory  notes,  numerals  preceded  by 
a  section-mark  (§)  refer  to  sections  in  the  author's  "Text-Book  of 
Modern  Spanish";  other  numerals  indicate  sentences  in  the  exercises. 


ADJECTIVES  3 

oars  and  row  swiftly  toward  the  lighthouse.  8.  The  girl 
tells  her  mother  that  the  soldier  is  coming  to  take  tea. 
9.  The  baker  makes  bread,  rolls,  biscuits,  and  cakes.  10. 
The  ship  sails  from  Southampton  to  New  York  with  two 
hundred  passengers,  n.  The  bootblack  polishes  shoes 
with  banana  skin,  and  the  servant-girl  polishes  silver 
with  a  piece  of  flannel.  12.  The  travelers  in  the  Desert 
of  Sahara  employ  camels  instead  of  horses,  because  they 
subsjst  a  long  time  without  food.  13.  Do  you  wish  to 
go  with  my  father  to  the  city  to-morrow?  14.  The 
artist  does  not  want  a  bottle  of  beer  but  a  bottle  of  wine. 
15.  I  have  in  my  room  portraits  of  actors  and  a  picture 
of  the  Duke's  Theater.  16.  The  trimming  of  your 
sister's  straw  hat  is  very  pretty ;  she  has  excellent  taste. 
17.  My  wife's  brother  has  apartments  in  your  father's 
partner's  house. 

5.    drink :  use  tomar,  not  beber. 
12.   Sahara:  supply  the  definite  article. 
a  long  time :  omit  the  article. 


EXERCISE  III 

ADJECTIVES 

(Study  §§  105-122) 

I.  The  city  from  which  I  come  has  high  houses  and 
narrow  streets.  2.  I  am  going  to  the  Island  of  San  Do- 
mingo in  the  winter.  3.  We  see  the  equestrian  statue  of 
the  great  general  in  the  park.  4.  I  always  go  to  the 
Spanish  Cafe  because  they  have  good  coffee  and  good 


4  ADJECTIVES 

wine  there.  "5.  California  has  large  trees  and  large"" 
fruits  and  a  mild  climate.  6.  We  are  having  built  in  the 
country  a  small  wooden  house  with  verandas  and  balco- 
nies. 7.  I  want  to  travel  in  other  countries,  but  want  to 
live  in  my  Own  country.  8.  The  castle  has  large  and 
handsome  gardens,  with  beautiful  flowers  and  refreshing 
fountains.  9.  The  New  Library  of  Congress  has  a 
gilded  dome,  magnificent  halls  and  galleries,  and  contains 
many  thousands  of  books.  10.  We  read  books  in  the 
large  rotunda  of  the  Library,  n.  The  peasants  say  that 
the  old  house  on  (de)  the  hill  has  a  ghost.  12.  The 
servant-girl  fills  the  silver  basket  with  apples,  oranges 
and  grapes.  13.  My  sister  wants  red  roses,  but  I  want 
yellow  roses.  14.  In  the  spring  come  the  sweet  English 
violets.  15.  The  old  man  in  (de)  the  little  store  on  (de) 
the  corner  sells  many  curious  Jewels.  16.  This  cold 
winter  weather  gives  the  little  children  bright  laughing 
eyes  and  rosy  cheeks. 

i.  from  which,  de  donde 

houses :  supply  definite  article  (§  488). 

3.  great:  apocopated  (§  118). 

4.  good:  apocopated  (§  117). 

5.  California :  supply  definite  article. 

6.  we  are  having,  mandamos  (§  126). 
9.  Congress :  supply  definite  article. 


THE  PASSIVE 


_^  EXERCISE  IV 

THE    PASSIVE 

(Study  §§  810-826) 

I.  The  land  or  solid  part  of  the  terrestrial  globe,  is 
divided  into  continents,  islands,  peninsulas  (/.  3.),  capes, 
and  isthmuses.  2.  The  water,  or  liquid  part,  is  divided 
into  oceans,  seas,  straits,  bays,  gulfs,  lakes,  and  rivers.  3. 
The  fishes  that  live  in  the  lakes  and  rivers,  have  not  lungs 
like  the  animals  that  walk  the  surface  of  the  earth.  4. 
Fishes  breathe  by  means  of  curious  organs  that  are 
called  "gills."  5.  Diamonds,  rubies,  emeralds,  and  other 
precious  stones  are  dug  from  the  depths  of  the  earth. 
6.  But  pearls  are  not  dug  from  the  earth.  7.  They  are 
taken  from  the  sea,  for  they  are  found  in  the  shells  of 
oysters  and  clams.  8.  Handsome  dresses  and  hats  are 
made  in  Paris  (m.  I.)  and  are  exported  to  this  country. 
9.  Great  quantities  of  tobacco  and  cotton  are  cultivated  in 
the  United  States.  10.  According  to  a  recent  novel  a  cu- 
rious medicinal  plant  is  found  in  the  forests  of  Central 
Africa  (f.  3.).  u.  Opera  glasses  are  rented  during  the 
play.  12.  When  carpets,  curtains  and  tables  are  needed, 
we  go  to  the  city  where  they  are  bought  in  the  large  stores. 
13.  The  supper  is  quickly  despatched.  14.  The  artist  is 
painting  a  beautiful  picture  of  a  scene  4n  the  woods,  with 
blue  sky,  green  trees  and  a  sparkling  brook.  15.  In  a 
region  quite  remote  from  our  country  lives  a  powerful 
king,  with  an  immense  army  and  efficient  ships.  16.  He 
has  in  his  court  fair  ladies  and  brave  gentlemen  and  gives 


6  SER  AND  ESTAR 

splendid  feasts.  17.  He  has  magnificent  parks  and 
gardens,  and  in  his  palace  are  seen  rich  furniture  and  a 
throne  of  gold. 

7.    to  take,  sacar. 
15.    our  country:  use  tierra  for  sake  of  variety. 


EXERCISE  V 

SER  AND   ESTAR 

(Study  §§  131-143) 

I.  My  watch  is  not  silver  but  gold.  2.  This  diamond 
ring  is  the  musician's.  3.  The  cook  is  cross  because  she 
is  tired.  4.  The  city  is  in  a  valley  between  high  moun- 
tains. 5.  My  old  friend  Correa  is  in  Mexico,  where  he 
owns  rich  silver  mines.  6.  Are  you  sick  to-day  ?  7.  No, 
I  am  well,  but  I  am  displeased  because  my  friends  do  not 
come.  8.  The  guest  in  (de)  the  hotel  tells  the  waiter 
that  the  soup  is  not  hot  enough.  9.  It  is  probable  that 
the  President  will  go  to  the  theater  to-night,  is  it  not  so? 

10.  No,  he  is  too  busy  with  the  members  of  his  Cabinet. 

11.  The  Russians  are  a  strange  and  interesting  race,  and 
have  many  gifted  artists  and  authors.     12.  It  is  neces- 
sary and  very  fascinating  to  study  the  great  world.     13. 
Charleston  is  a  beautiful  city  and  is  situated  on  the  coast 
of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.     14.  It  is  a  pity  to  throw  away 
good  fruit.     15.  It  is  customary  to  drink  beer  and  eat 
sandwiches  in  the  Tivoli  Theater  in  San  Francisco.     16^ 
The  inkstand  is  full  of  black  ink.     17.  The  purple  grapes 
on  the  vines  are  sour  yet.     18.  My  last  exercises  are  full 


ARTICLES 


of  mistakes.  19.  The  roads  are  impassable  on  account 
of  the  recent  rains.  20.  The  condition  of  the  streets  in 
( de)  this  suburb  is  execrable.  21.  This  beautiful  sfream 
is  nol^a^yer^  but  it  isjiearly  as  large  as  a  river  because  it 


is  swollen  by  the  spring  rains.  22-Iti^my  chiefjl£light 
to  walk  along  its  banks  at  funset  and  watch  the  troutthat 
rise  to  the  surface  to  catch  "fTIes.' "  23.  Its  wafers  are  tur- 
bid now,  but  in  the  summer  they  are  of  crystalline  pure- 
ness.  24.  The  night  is  dark  and  gloomy ;  the  long,  steep 
pafnis  not  well-defined  and  the  forest  is  infested  with 
robbers. 

i.   silver:  de plata  (§  71). 

7.    come :  use  llegar,  not  venir. 

9.    will  go,  vaya  (§  891). 

is  it  not  so?  iverdad?  (§  142). 
14.    good  fruit :  supply  definite  article. 

22.  trout:  plural  in  Spanish. 
flies,  insectos. 

23.  crystalline  pureness :  supply  indefinite  article. 


EXERCISE  VI 

ARTICLES 

(Study  §§  211-224  and  1325-1352) 

I.  Kettles  and  pots  are  usually  made  of  clay  in  Spain. 

2.  Iron  is  not  a  pretty  metal,  "but  it  is  a  very  useful  one. 

3.  Lead  is  soft  and  very  heavy.     4.  Bullets  and  shot  are 
made  of  lead.     5.  Quicksilver  is  heavy,  bright,  and  fluid. 
6.  On  account  of  this  latter  quality  it  is  employed  in  the 
manufacture  of  thermometers.     7.  Oxen  are  very  useful 


s 


ARTICLES 


animals.  8.  On  account  of  their  immense  strength,  they 
are  employed  to  draw  heavy  carts.  9.  Their  flesh  sup- 
plies us  with  healthy  and  nutritious  food.  10.  With 
(de)  their  hides  we  make  shoes,  straps,  saddles,  etc. 
ii.  With  (de)  their  horns  curious  things  are  made,  as 
combs,  boxes,  handles  for  (de)  knives,  etc.  12.  The 
swan  is  a  large,  white  bird,  larger  than  a  goose.  13.  It 
does  not  appear  graceful  when  it  walks ;  but  when  it  is  in 
the  water,  swimming  smoothly  and  arching  its  long,  flex- 
ible neck,  it  is  the  most  graceful  of  all  birds.  14.  The 
learned  physician  is  writing  a  comprehensive  treatise  on 
the  nerves.  15.  The  study  of  the  shape  of  the  nails  is  a 
subject  that  now  calls  the  attention  of  physicians  in  Lon- 
don and  Paris  (m.  i.).  16.  Pearls  are  emblems  of  tears. 
17.  Florida  (/.)  is  celebrated  for  its  orange  groves  and  its 
alligators.  18.  Wliales  are  found  in  the  northern  seas 
and  are  killed  for  their  oil.  19.  The  cultivation  of  the 
currant  is  a  special  branch  of  agricultural  industry  in 
Greece.  20.  That  tall  and  distinguished  man  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Cabinet.  21.  Opals  are  considered  unlucky, 
but  I  defy  fate.  22.  Foreigners  are  found  in  all  the  cities 
of  the  United  States.  23.  In  Brazil  the  inhabitants  do 
not  speak  'Spanish,  but  Portuguese.  24.  Diamonds  are 
found  in  great  abundance  in  Southern  Africa  (f.  3.). 
25.  The  beautiful  and  the  poetical,  as  well  as  the  useful 
are  necessary  to  life.  26.  Olga  Nether  sole,  a  young  and 
talented  actress,  has  now  her  own  theater  in  London. 
27.  The  mountains  protect  the  valleys  against  (de)  the 
winds.  28.  I  go  to  school  week-days,  and  to  church  on 
Sunday.  29.  Ireland  is  called  the  Emerald  Isle  on  ac- 
count of  its  verdure.  30.  The  Irish  are  mercurial  and 


IDIOMS  INVOLVING  TENER  9 

witty.  31.  Jhe  ^tudy  of  history  teaches  the  knowledge. 
of  men.  .  i£~  Astronomy  is  the  science  ot  the  stars  and 
the 


1.  Put  "in  Spain"  first. 

2.  is  a  very  useful  one:  render  —  is  very  useful. 

8.  strength:  plural  in  Spanish. 

9.  healthy  .  .  .  food  :  supply  indefinite  article. 
n.  made:  \\sefabricar,  not  hacer. 

13.  all,  todos  los  (§  600). 

17.  Florida:  supply  definite  article. 

19.  currant:  plural  in  Spanish. 

21  v  fate:  supply  definite  article  and  personify  (§  1322). 

22.  are  found  :  use  encontrar. 

26.  her  own  theater,  un  teatro  de  su  propiedad. 

28.  school  .  .  .  church  :  supply  definite  articles. 

29.  emerald  :  supply  definite  article. 


EXERCISE 
IDIOMS    INVOLVING   TENER 

(Study  §§  75  and  858-859) 

I.  The  Dean  of  the  College  has  to  expel  the  student  on 
account  of  his  insolence  and  insubordination.  2.  I  have 
to  see  my  broker  this  morning  about  the  condition  of  the 
Exchange.  3.  My  two  best  friends  and  I  intend  to  go 
to  Canada  next  summer.  4.  Do  you  intend  to  study 
Spanish  this  winter?  5.  Yes,  and  I  also  have  a  desire  to 
learn  French,  German,  Italian  and  Greek.  6.  I  have  a 
desire  to  go  to  the  opera  this  week,  but  I  have  not  time. 
7.  Emma  has  time,  but  no  inclination  to  read  the  works 


IDIOMS  INVOLVING  TENER 

of  the  best  authors.  8.  Men  have  inclination  to  do  many 
things,  but  need  courage  and  perseverance.  9.  Mr.  Cas- 
tro is  obliged,  although  against  his  will,  to  pay  the  tailor. 
10.  I  am  afraid  to  cross  the  street  on  account  of  the  bi- 
cycles, ii.  Are  you  right  to  speak  so  (de  ese  modo)  to 
your  servant?  12.  Yes,  because  she  is  very  lazy  and 
neglectful  and  deserves  a  severe  reprimand.  13.  Mr. 
Silva  has  the  inclination  to  be  a  great  actor,  .but  has  no 
ability  nor  personal  magnetism.  14.  I  love  to  study  lan- 
guages, but  am  obliged  to  do  other  things.  15.  We  are 
obliged  to  close  the  windows  because  we  are  very  cold. 

1 6.  The  night  is  so  beautiful,  the  moon  and  the  stars  so 
brilliant,  that  I  have  to  go  out  though  I  am  very  sleepy. 

17.  The  robbers  are  afraid  to  awaken  the  Baron  (m.  i.), 
because  he  is  in  the  habit  of  sleeping  with  a  brace  of  re- 
volvers under  his  pillow.     18.  The  stove  is  very  hot,  and 
the  cook  is  afraid  of  burning  the  bread.     19.  I  have  to  go 
to  the  city  to-day  in  order  to  consult  my  lawyer. 

2.  about,  para  hablarle  acerca  de. 

5.  French,  etc. :  supply  definite  articles  (§  1 56). 

7.  Repeat  the  verb  before  Spanish  equivalent  of  "  inclination." 

9.  Mr. :  supply  definite  article  (§  227). 

13.  no  ...  nor,  no  —  ni  .  .  .  ni  (§  750). 

14.  love  to:  use gustar  (§  1165). 
I  am  obliged,  me  es  precito. 

1 6.   so  brilliant:  repeat  the  verb. 
I  have  to,  me  veo  precis  ado  a. 


THE  PAST  PARTICIPLE  1 1 


EXERCISE  VIII 

THE   PAST   PARTICIPLE 

(Study  §§  196-208,  862-863,  and  870) 

I.  The  melancholy  days  have  come,  the  leaves  have 
fallen  from  the  trees,  and  the  roses  are  dead.  2.  The 
birds  that  have  sung  so  sweetly  in  the  forests  have 
'migrated  to  milder  regions.  3.  Thomas  Crawford  has 
sculptured  in  marble  the  "Babes  in  (de)  the  Wood."  4. 
The  birds  have  covered  the  darlings  with  leaves.  5.  Miss 
Carmen  has  not  broken  her  porcelain  vase,  but  her  Jap- 
anese cup.  6.  Have  you  read  Thomas  Hardy's  last 
novel?  7.  No,  I  am  tired  of  his  novels;  they  are  too 
morbid.  8.  I  have  traveled  in  Italy;  I  have  seen  the 
Queen  of  England  and  the  Emperor  of  Brazil  in  Florence. 

9.  I  find  the  windows  closed  and  the  room  is  very  warm. 

10.  The  flies  have  been  very  troublesome  and  it  has  been 
necessary  to  close  the  windows.      n.    My  sister  and  I 
have  been  in  New  York,  and   (donde)   we  have  had  a 
good  time.      12.    I  have  been  in  the  house  all  day  on 
account  of  the  bad  weather.     13.  He  has  sent  his  sons 
home  and  has  gone  to  the  masquerade  ball.     14.  That 
lady  has  been  beautiful,  but  time  and  sorrow  have  sil- 
vered her  hair  and  dimmed  her  splendid  eyes.     15.  In 
Stratford  many  actors  have  inscribed  their  names  on  the 
walls  of  the  great  master's  house.     16.  I  am  annoyed; 
I  have  lost  my  emerald  ring.     17.  Perhaps  it  has  fallen 
under  the  sofa.     18.  The  sun  had  already  risen  when  the 
escape  of  the  convicts  was  discovered.     19.  There  has 


12  PARTS  OP  THE  BODY 

been  a  frightful  tempest  here;  the  trees  have  been  up- 
rooted, and  the  wind  has  carried  off  the  roofs  of  many 
houses.  20.  There  have  been  elections  in  various  states, 
and  the  Democratic  party  has  been  everywhere  defeated. 
21.  There  has  been  a  distinguished  traveler  in  the  city 
lately,  and  he  has  given  public  lectures  in  the  Academy 
of  Music. 

i.  are  dead,  han  muerto  (§  1143). 

3.  marble:  supply  definite  article. 

11.  we  have  .   .  .  time,  nos  hemos  divertido  mucho. 

12.  I  have  t>een,  me  he  quedado. 
the  house :  omit  article. 

13.  sons:  do  not  use  d  as  sign  of  the  accusative  (§  1313). 

14.  has  been:  fue(§  1200). 

1 6.   emerald  ring,  sortija  con  piedra  de  esmeralda. 
21.    Place  adverb  immediately  after  verb. 


EXERCISE  IX 

PARTS    OF    THE    BODY 

(Study  §§  232-233  and  477~488) 

I.  Carmen  is  very  beautiful ;  she  has  golden  hair,  eyes 
large,  dreamy,  blue  as  the  sky  of  summer,  a  complexion 
the  color  of-  roses  and  lilies,  a  straight  nose,  a  small 
mouth,  curved  like  Cupid's  bow,  and  pearly  white  teeth. 
2.  The  soldier  sees  in  the  street  the  girl  with  the  brown 
dress,  and  looks  at  her  so  long  and  so  attentively  that  she 
becomes  annoyed.  3.  The  captain  is  fifty-six;  is  a  man 
with  silver  hair,  eyes  blue  and  lively,  of  distinguished 
bearing  and  agreeable  manners.  4.  Minnie  Maddern  Fiske. 


PARTS  OF  THE  BODY  13 

has  a  graceful  figure,  red  hair,  an  expressive  and  attrac- 
tive face,  the  hands  of  an  artist,  and  a  voice  sweet  and 
soft  that  goes  directly  to  the  heart.  5.  While  the  Count 
and  his  new-found  daughter  are  in  the  ball-room,  the 
gypsy  with  the  flowing  hair  and  piercing  black  eyes 
comes  into  the  girl's  room.  6.  He  wears  a  picturesque, 
broad-brimmed  hat,  large  golden  earrings,  and  a  red 
cape,  and  his  clothing  is  torn  and  dirty 

THE   HUMAN  RACES 

- 

7.  The  anthropologists  generally  classify  the  huntian 
race  into  five  principal  divisions^which  are :  the  Cau- 
casian or  white  race ;  the  Mongolian  or  yellow  race ;  the 
Ethiopian  or  black  race ;  the  Indian  or  red  race ;  and  the 
Malay  or  brown  race.  8.  The  Caucasian  race  has  a 
white  skin,  oval  face,  aquiline  nose  and  high  forehead. 

9.  The  negro  has  a  flat  nose,  large  mouth  with  thick  lips, 
and  hair  curly  like  sheep's  wool.     10.  The  Indian  has 
prominent  features,  copper-colored  skin,  straight  hair  and 
little  or  no  beard,     n.  The  Mongolian  race  has  a  pale 
yellow   skin,   straight   hair   and   oblique   almond-shaped 
eyes.     12.  The  Malay  race  has  a  brown  skin,   straight 
hair  and  regular  features. 

2.  so  attentively :  use  con  and  noun  (§  568). 
becomes,  se  pone  (§  850). 

3.  fifty-six:  supply  anos  (§  406). 
with,  de  (§  485). 

4.  an  artist :  omit  article. 
goes   ...  to,  entra  ,  .   .  a. 

9.   wool :  supply  definite  article. 

10.  and  little  or  no  beard,  y  tiene  muy  poca  barba  6  d  veces  ninguna. 


OBJECTIVE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS 


EXERCISE  X 

OBJECTIVE    PERSONAL    PRONOUNS 

(Study  §§  288-301) 

i.  It  seems  probable  to  me  that  he  has  seen  the  Presi- 
dent and  "has  spoken  to  him  about  (de)  the  matter.  2. 
The  President  does  not  give  him  the  position  because  he 
does  not  deserve  it.  3.  I  have  written  to  my  sister  and 
have  told  her  that  I  am  ill.  4.  They  have  taken  from  me 
my  last  dollar.  5.  It  is  impossible  for  us  to  study  well 
while  there  is  so  much  noise.  6.  Where  is  my  Spanish 
fan?  7.  I  do  not  see  it  anywhere.  8.  My  cousin  has 
taken  it  and  broken  it.  9.  I  have  won  from  him  a  pair 
of  gloves.  10.  Do  you  wish  to  come  with  me?  n.  Yes 
indeed ;  I  will  go  with  you  with  a  great  deal  of  pleasure. 
12.  Has  the  shoemaker  mended  my  shoes?  13.  He  has 
not  finished  them  yet,  he  has  been  very  busy.  14.  Why 
have  you  beaten  the  dog ?  15.  I  have  beaten  him  because 
he  has  bitten  me.  16.  Has  the  servant  bought  me  a  new 
cravat  and  brushed  my  clothes?  I  need  them  because  I 
am  going  to  the  ball  to-night.  17.  I  give  him  money  be- 
cause he  has  sold  me  something.  18.  I  have  given  him 
good  advice,  but  he  does  not  listen  to  me.  19.  That 
young  and  handsome  actor  has  much  ambition,  ability 
and  perseverance ;  he  lacks  only  capital  in  order  to  carry 
out  his  artistic  ideas  (/.).  20.  When  I  go  in  the  house, 
I_go  up  to  my  sick  cousin's  room,  and  tell  her  all  the  news 
and  read  to  her  the  new  novels.  21.  The  waiter  has 
been  negligent  and  insolent,  and  the  proprietor  of  the 


OBJECTIVE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS  15 

hotel  tells  him  that  he  will  no  longer  put  up  with  his  con- 
duct. 22.  My  mistress  has  just  gone  out ;  do  you  not  see 
her  on  the  corner?  She  is  going  to  her  friend's,  Mrs. 
Carrillo's.  23.  The  Americans  love  Lillian  Nor  die  a, 
their  favorite  singer,  and  have  given  her  a  tiara  (/.)  of 
diamonds.  24.  I  cannot  find  my  gloves ;  where  have  you 
put  them?  25.  I  have  not  seen  them  and  I  don't  know 
where  they  are.  26.  I  have  sent  her  some  violets,  but  I 
do  not  know  if  she  has  received  them.  27.  I  love  this 
room  because  I  have  passed  so  many  happy  hours  in  it. 

10.  with  me,  conmigo  (§  306). 

1 6.  brushed:  repeat  the  auxiliary. 

19.  he  lacks,  lefalta  (§  1163). 

20.  sick':  render  —  who  is  sick. 

21.  will  no  longer:  use  present  tense  (§  27.6). 

22.  has  just,  acaba  de  followed  by  infinitive  (§  855). 
to,  d  casa  de  (§  157). 

23.  love;  use  amar,  not  querer. 


EXERCISE  XI 

OBJECTIVE    PERSONAL    PRONOUNS, 

Continued  • 
(Study  §§'303-341) 

I,  If  there  are  any  roses  in  the  garden,  I  will  send 
them  to  her.  2.  She  has  promised  to  write  to  me  often. 
3.  The  ring  is  in  my  pocket;  I  wrill  show  it  to  you.  4. 
My  father  has  given  me  a  new  pony;  if  you  want  him, 
I  will  lend  him  to  you.  I  have  not  yet  seen  him  myself. 
5.  I  shall  not  tell  it  to  him,  for  I  am  sure  he  will  repeat  it. 


1 6  OBJECTIVE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS 

6.  She  has  not  yet  invited  us ;  but  her  sister  told  me  she 
intended  to  do  so.  7.  He  loves  her,  but  he  has  not  the 
courage  to  tell  her  so.  8.  I  have  read  the  essay  you  lent . 
me,  and  have  found  it  very  interesting.  I  will  return  it 
to  you  to-morrow.  9.  I  gave  it  to  him ;  I  did  not  sell  it. 
i p.  Have  you  spoken  to  the  Captain  about  (sobre)  the 
conduct  of  the  Lieutenant?  n.  I  have  not  said  a  word 
to  him;  I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  of  doing  so.  12. 
He  does  not  love  us  nor  we  him.  13.  She  tells  me  that 
she  has  quarreled  with  him,  but  she  still  wears  his  ruby 
ring;  she  does  not  want  to  return  it  to  him.  14.  I  hope 
to  have  the  pleasure  of  seeing  you  and  your  brother  fre- 
quently this  winter.  1 5.  The  foreman  has  sent  me  to 
you.  1 6... He  has  offered  himself  to  me  as  Secretary. 
17.  Have  you  paid  the  merchant  for  the  sugar?  18.  I 
have  not  paid  him  for  it  yet.  19.  Do  you  ask  the  butchers 
for  meat?  20.  I  ask  them  for  it.  21.  Whom  does  your 
brother  pay  for  his  shoes?  22.  He  pays  the  shoemaker 
for  them.  23.  The  howling  of  the  wind  deprived  me  of 
sleep  last  night.  24.  "Who "steals  my  purse  steals  trash, 
.  .  .  but  he  that  filches  from  me  my  good  name,  robs  me 
of  that  which  not  enriches  him,  and  makes  me  poor  in- 
deed." 25.  The  English  do  not  love  us  Americans  much. 

26.  Instead  of  ruling  his  wife,  he  himself  is  ruled  by  her. 

27.  If  you  wish  to  see  the  proprietor  I  will  present  you  to 
him  with  pleasure.     28.  She  says  that  she  is  not  sick,  but 
I  believe  that  she  is.     29.  It  will  be  necessary  to  write  to 
him  in  order  to  tell  him  so.     30.  Here  is  the  sketch ;  do 
you  want  to  send  it  to  her?     31.  He  has  promised  to 
take  me  to  the  theater  next  Monday.     32.  If  he  does  not 
understand  arithmetic.,  I  have  no  time  to  teach  it  to  him. 


ADVERBS  17 

33.  The 'doctor  has  borrowed  my  new  novel;  when  do 
you  think  he  will  return  it  to  me?  34.  I  have  seen  them 
to-day  and  have  told  it  to  them.  35.  It  is  true  that  he 
makes  good  verses,  but  his  nephew  makes  better  ones. 
36.  What  beautiful  ferns  there  are  in  this  grove!  37. 
Yes  indeed,  but  there  are  larger  and  more  beautiful  ones 
in  the  woods  back  of  my  father's  country-house. 

5.  sure:  supply  de  que  (§  913). 

6.  intended  to,  se  proponia. 
n.  a  word:  omit  article. 
12.  nor  we:  repeat  the  verb. 

17.   paid  .  .  .  for:  render  —  paid  the  sugar  to  (§  1172). 

23.  sleep:  supply  definite  article. 

24.  Render  "  rob  "  by  qiiitar,  for  sake  of  variety. 
that  which,  aquello  que, 

31.   next  Monday,  el  lunes  que  viene  (§§  386,.  392.) 


EXERCISE  XII 

ADVERBS 

(Study  ^  178-188  and  1411) 

I.  The  Major  salutes  courteously  the  ladies  on  the 
veranda  (/.).  2.  The  cat  creeps  gradually  and  silently 
along  the  wall,,  springs  upon  the  sparrow,  and  kills  it.  3. 
The  singer  is  horribly  ugly ;  she  has  an  enormous  mouth 
and" bad  teeth;  but  she  sings  divinely.  4.  Mrs.  Ricardo 
listens  patiently  to  the  ravings  of  the  sick  man,  and  nurses 
him  as  an  angel  of  mercy.  5.  Outside  the  night  is  fright- 
ful; the  wind  blows  furiously  and  the  sleet  dashes  vio- 
lently against  the  windows ;  within,  all  is  comfortable  and 


1 8  ADVERBS 

peaceful,  the  curtains  are  drawn,  the  fire  burns  brightly 
on  the  hearth  and  an  abundant  and  appetizing  supper  is 
on  (en)  the  table.  6.  Some  lovers  of  Shakespeare  are 
representing  "As  You  Like  It"  in  the  forest.  7.  We  are 
transported  to  the  forest  of  Arden,  where  the  sun  shines" 
gloriously  and  the  birds  sing  sweet  songs.  8.  We  are 
set  free  from  the  world  of  stern  realities.  9.  We  are  in 
Arden.  10.  The  actors  pass  rapidly  under  the  green 
branches,  amid  the  mossy  trunks  of  old  trees,  and  in  dells 
where  sound  the  warbling  of  birds,  the  murmur  of  run- 
ning water,  and  the  echoes  of  the  huntsman's  horn,  while 
the  wind  blows  serenely  in  their  faces  and  the  deer  dash 
(se  huyen)  frightened  through  the  wood,  they  play  their 
parts  in  this  sweetly  fantastic  story.  '  n.  It  is  evident 
that  Shakespeare  loves  Rosalind;  in  drawing  her  he 
ceases  to  jest.  12.  For  Rosalind  is  not  merely  the  hero- 
ine of  an  impossible  courtship  in  a  visionary  forest;  she 
is  the  perfect  type  of  enchanting  womanhood.  13.  She 
is  neither  an  angel  nor  a  fairy.  14.  The  blood  dances 
merrily  in  her  veins  and  the  light  of  happy  youth  sparkles 
brilliantly  in  her  eyes.  15.  In  Rosalind  we  see  the  exu- 
berant nature  of  a  loving  and  enchanting  woman  who 
sees  the  whole  world  suffused  with  golden  light,  irradi- 
ated from  her  own  happy  heart,  her  own  healthful  and 
brilliant  mind. 

2.  creeps,  se  arrastra. 

3.  an  enormous :  use  the  definite  article  (•§  479). 

4.  listens  to,  oye. 

5.  clearly:  use  adjective  for  adverb  (§  1411). 

6.  as  you  like  it,  como  se  quiera.     (For  reason  for  using  subjunctive, 

see  §§  910,  998.) 

7.  we  are,  nos  vemos  (§  814). 


THE  FUTURE  TENSE  19 

10.   old,  secular  (lit.  a  century  old). 

warbling :  plural  in  Spanish ;  supply  definite  article. 

serenely:  use  adjective  for  adverb  (§  1411). 
n.   in  drawing:  do  not  render  "in"  (§  530). 

14.  merrily:  use  adjective  for  adverb  (§  1411). 

15.  irradiated,  que  se  irradia;  repeat  preposition  before  each  of  the 

following  clauses. 


EXERCISE  XIII 

THE   FUTURE   TENSE 

(Study  §§  274-277) 

I.  Eight  o'clock !  Not  a  very  early  hour  in  the  summer, 
but  it  appears  early  in  San  Sebastian  ( i ) .  2.  The  nights 
"of  San  Sebastian  are  not  made  for  "study  and  the  brow 
of  care/'  as  the  poet  N.  P.  Willis  says.  3.  They  do  not 
burn  the  midnight  oil,  but  they  burn  in  ample  supply  the 
red  fire,  the  rocket  and  the  incandescent  lights.  4.  To- 
night I  shall  dine  at  nine  o'clock,  and  then  I  shall  go  out. 
5.  I  shall  attend  the  concert  on  the  Boulevard?  and  step 
into  the  Teatro  Principal,  in  order  to  see  a  single  act,  or 
perhaps  an  entire  comedy.  6.  It  is  not  necessary  to 
spend  a  whole  evening  there.  7.  Then  (luego)  I  shall 
go  to  the  Casino,  read  the  newspapers  in  the  reading- 
room,  look  at  the  gaming,  or  at  the  dancing  in  the  hand- 
some ball-room.  8.  The  tables  in  front  of  the  Cafe  de  la 
Marina,  on  the  Boulevard  will  be  occupied  by  (por)  peo- 
ple eating  (que  comerd)  ice  cream.  9.  They  will  remain 
there  all  night  and  see  the  pale  daylight  dawn  over  the 
bay.  10.  The  Queen  Regent  will  visit  to-morrow  the 


20  THE  FUTURE  TENSE 

crjurser  lying  (cfue  esta)  "ift  the  hafrbor,  n.  It  is  said 
that  thQ* famous  statesman,  Castelar,  is- at  (en)  the  Villa 
Triana.  12.  Good!  We  shall  look  for  him  on  the  pro- 
menade or  on  the  terrace  of  the  Casino.  13.  The  two 
celebrated  bull-fighters,  Guerrita  and  Mazzantini  will 
arrive  soon  in  order  to  participate  in  the  great  bull-fight. 
14.  The  admiral  and  his  family  will  go  to  the  moun- 
tains in  the  summer.  15.  The  Professor  will  have  his 
new  grammar  ready  by  the  first  of  October.  16.  A  de- 
tachment of  soldiers  will  be  sent  to  protect  the  frontier. 
17.  I  shall  go  to  the  city  next  month  and  shall  buy  my- 
self some  books  and  pictures.  18.  She  has  asked  me  to 
visit  her,  but  I  will  riot  do  so,  because  I  am  sure  of  being 
bofea.  19.  You  will  be  ill  if  you  do  not  stop  eating  so 
much.  20.  I  have  seen  the  architect  and  he  says  that  he 
will  have  the  house  finished  before  the  fall. 

i.  eight  o'clock!  /las  echo!  (§  388). 

not  a  very :  supply  the  verb  es. 
3.   but,  pero  j/(§  1408). 

Supply  an  intransitive  verb  (brillar)  before  "incandescent  lights"; 

quemar,  being  transitive,  would  be  inapplicable. 
6.   a  whole  evening,  todat  una  noche  (§  384). 
13.  in  order  to,  d fin  de. 
15.  by,/<mz(§  508). 

j8.    Render  —  asked  (solicitado)  .  .  .  that  I  visit  her  (§  888). 
20.  will  have  .  .  .  finished,  tendrd  acabada  (§§  205,  277,  REM.). 


A  OR  1ST  AJft)  I\tbERFECl\{rENS\?  21 


EXERCISE  XIV 

AORIST   AND    IMPERFECT    TENSES       , 

(Study  §§  465-476) 

I.  Did  you  go  to  church  yesterday?  2.  No,  I  was 
sick,  and  the  weather  was  bad.  3.  When  I  saw  the 
princess  she  wore  a  blue  silk  dress  and  a  white  hat.  4. 
Edward,  son  of  King  Edward  Third,  was  called  the 
Black  Prince,  on  account  of  the  color  of  the  armor  that 
he  wore  in  order  to  set  off  his  fair  complexion.  5.  The 
Black  Prince  was  generous  as  well  as  brave,  and  he  in- 
vited the  French  King  to  sup  in  his  tent,  and  afterwards 
(luego),  when  they  entered  London,  mounted 'him.cn  a 
handsome  horse,  and  he  himself  rode  a  little  |£>fly.  6. 
He  died  on  the  8th  of  June,  1376,  at  the  early  age  of 
forty-six.  7.  He  was  buried  with  great  lamentations  in 
the  Cathedral  (f.)  of  Canterbury,  and  the  whole  English 
nation  wept  for  him  as  one  of  its  most  renowned  and  be- 
loved princes. 

8.  "We  left  Calcutta  toward  the  end  of  March,  passed 
a  day  in  Madras,  then  (luego)  sailed  westward.  9.  The 
Captain  could  not  tell  the  truth  in  (de)  a  plausible  way, 
and  the  Scot,  who  sat  opposite  him  at  (en)  the  table, 
could"  not  tell  a  lie  in  an  un-plausible  way.  10.  When 
the  Captain  finished  a  statement  the  passengers  glanced 
at  each  other,  as  if  to  say,  'Do  you  believe  that  ?'  1 1.  But 
when  the  Scot  finished  a  story,  they  looked  at  him  and 
said  'How  strange  and  interesting!'  12.  The  secret  lay 
in  the  manner  (el  modo)  and  method  of  the  two  men. 


22  AORIST  AND  IMPERFECT  TENSES 

13.  The  Captain  was  a  little  timid  and  reserved,  and 
stated  the  simplest  fact  as  if  he  was  afraid  of  it,  while  the 
Scot  delivered  himself  of  the  most  abandoned  lie  with 
such  an  air  of  stern  veracity  that  all  were  forced  tp.l^ej 
lieve  it,  although  they  knew  it  was  not  true.Y^Lj..  For 
instance,  he  said  that  he  had  a  flying  fish  that  lived  in  a 
fountain  in  his  conservatory,  and  supported  itself  by 
catching  birds,  frogs,  and  rats  in  the  neighboring  fields. 

15.  It  was  evident  that  no  one  doubted  that  extraordinary 
statement.      16.    He  was  always  believed,  although  he 
told  nothing  but  lies,  while  the  poor  Captain  was  never 
believed,  though  he  always  told  the  truth." 

2.    was  bad:  use  hacer  (§  880). 

4.  King :  use  definite  article  (§  236). 

5.  Supply  de  cardcter  before  Span,  equivalent  of  "'generous." 
mounted:  how  are  we  to  use  transitively  the  Span,  intransitive 

verb  montar?     (See  §  805.) 

6.  on  the  eighth:  use  cardinal  numeral  (§381);  do  not  express  the 

preposition  "on"  (§  386). 

7.  one:  use  d  as  sign  of  the  accusative  (§  1319). 

8.  toward  the  end,  a  ultimas  (§  395). 
10.   as  if  to  say,  como  si  dijeran. 

that:  use  the  neuter  objective  pronoun,  lo. 
n.    when  .  .  .  finished,  al  concluir  (§  1209). 

12.  lay:  use  estar,  not  yacer. 

13.  fact:  plural  in  Spanish. 

was  afraid  of  it,  les  ttiviera  miedo. 

Render  "such  an"  by  putting  tan  before  the  adjective  (§  549). 

14.  Do  not  express  "by"  (§  530). 

1 6.  he  was  believed,  se  le  creia  (§  823). 
nothing  but,  no  .  .  .  mds  que. 

was  never  believed :  see  first  note  to  this  sentence. 


I'OLVER  X  ACABAR  DE,  AND  ESTAR  PARA         23 


4  EXERCISE  XV 

VOLVBR  A,   ACABAR   DE,    AND    ESTAR   PARA 

(Study  §§  1187,  855,  and  512) 

i.  I  am  glad  tcx  recommence  my  studies.  2.  There 
will  be  no  chance  to  see  him  again.  3.  When  I  looked 
for  it  again  it  had  disappeared.  4.  If  you  read  it  again 
you  will  see  what  I  mean.  5.  It  will  be  necessary  to 
repaint  all  the  walls  and  recarpet  the  stairs.  6.  I  re- 
copied  the  article  and  sent  it  to  the  editor.  7.  As  I  made 
no  answer,  he  addressed  me  again.  8.  They  have  refur- 
nished their  house  from  attic  to  cellar.  9.  The  captain 
refilled  his  glass  and  said  nothing.  10.  Having  relighted 
his  pipe,  the  workman  continued  on  his  way.  n.  I 
looked  at  the  object  again  and  saw  that  it  was  a  tree- 
trunk.  12.  I  again  inserted  the  key  in  the  lock,  and  this 
'time  the  bolt  turned.  13.  I  shall  not  write  to  her  again. 

14.  <.!  hope  to  have  the  pleasure  of  hearing  you  sing  again. 

15.  On  the  23d  the  icebergs  were  again  seen.     16.  In 
1841  Martinez  revisited  the  city  of  his  birth.    17.  In  1873 
the  revolution  again  broke  out.     18.  At  this  fresh  dis- 
appointment the  discontent  of  the  crew  was  again  mani- 
fested.    19.  Such  an  opportunity  will  not  again  be  pre- 
sented.    20.  The  natives  did  not  show  themselves  again 

jthat  week.  21.  I  shall  write  to  you  again  shortly. 
22.  The  engineers  have  just  finished  the  preliminary  sur- 
veys. 23.  I  know  he  is  in  town,  for  I  have  just  seen  him 
and  spoken  to  him.  24.  Won't  you  come  and  take  din- 
ner with  me?  25.  I  thank  you  very  much,  but  I  have 


24  THE  GERUND 

just  dined.  26.  As^he  had  just  learned  that  he  hadUvon 
his  lawsuit,  he  was  in  a  very  good  humor.  27.  I  opened 
the  door,  and  there  stood  the  coachman  that  I  had  just 
discharged.  28.  We  have  just  received  a  consignment 
of  excellent  claret.  29.  His  Highness  has  just  brealo 
fasted,  and  is  about  to  go  out  to  drive.  '30.  My  family 
is  about  to  return  to  the  city.  31.  I  was  about  to  go  out 
to  look  for  him  when  I  saw  him  get  out  of  his  carriage  in 
front  of  my  door.  32.  I  understand  that  the  government 
is  about  to  issue  a  new  set  of  postage  stamp* 


i.  I  am  glad  to,  me  alegro  de  (§  1152). 

5.  repaint :  use  pintar  de  nuevo,  for  sake  of  variety. 

8.  from  ...  to,  desde  .  .  .  hasta.     (Supply  definite  articles.) 

24.  and,  d  followed  by  infinitive. 

26.  learned:  use  saber  (§  1190). 

27.  stood:  use  estar  (§  1188). 

31.  to  look  for  him,  en  busca  suya  (§  418). 
get  out,  bajar  (lit.  to  get  down). 

32.  I  understand,  entiendo  decir  (§  1190). 


EXERCISE  XVI 

THE    GERUND 

(Study  §§  515-535) 

i.  The  ladies  arriving  late  at  the  theater  did  not  find 
good  seats.  2.  Mexico,  being  the  country  lying  closest 
to  the  United  States,  has  been  made  more  easy  of  access 
by  (con)  the  recent  construction  of  new  railroads,  as  well 
as  communications  by  steamers.  3.  Having  enjoyed  an 
abundant  dinner,  he  went  to  sleep.  4.  While  going  wan- 


THE  GERUND  25 

* 

dering  through  (por)  the  wood,  I  found  an  enormous 
serpent.  5.  The  President  passed  the  night  preparing 
his  message  for  Congress.  6.  It  seems  to  me  I  am  get- 
ting to  'understand'  Spanish  better.  7.  The  snow  was 
still  falling  with,  rigorous/  relentless  persistence  when 
francisco  went  out. 

t£  ^'Glistening  like  an  imperial  diadem  upon  the  fore- 
head of  a  dusky  queen,  we  see  the  Temple  of  the  Sun,  of 
pure  and  polished  white  marble,  which  shows  out  in  mar- 
vellous contrast  to  (con)  the  red  granite  of  the  frowning- 
city.  9.  Penetrating  into  the  vast  ,^Uike^  and  advancing 
to  the  central  altar,  we  166k  upon  a"s  beautiiufa  sight  as 
the  imagination  of  man  can  conceive.  10.  It  is  of 
marble,  inlaid  wi,th  pure  gold,  and  in  the  midst  of  it  is 
burning  always  a  pale  but  (y)  steady  flame,  crowned 
'with  curls  of  faint  blue  smoke,  n.  Hinged  to  the  fq>un- 
dations  of  the  altar,  are  twelve  petals  of  beaten  gold.  12. 
These  are  closed  over  the  altar  as  the  petals  of  a  water- 
lily  close  over  the  yellow  crown  in  stormy  weather.  13. 
At  midday  the  sun  pierces  through  the  dome,  and  lights 
upon  the  golden  flower,  and  the  petals  then  open,  reveal- 
ing the  hidden  mystery;  but  (mas)  when  the  ray  passes, 
they  close  again.  14.  Nor  is  this  all.  Standing  in  semi- 
circles, at  equal  distances  from  each  other,  watch  ten 
golden  angels,  or  winged  figures,  exquisitely  moulded 
and  draped.  15.  Bending  their  heads  in  an  attitude  of 
adoration,  their  faces  shadowed  by  their  wings,  stand 
these  figures,  which  are  slightly  larger  than  life-size,  and 
are  most  (lo  mas)  imposing  and  of  exceeding  beauty." 

1 6.  There  are  some  that  are  wiser  in  their  sleep  than  in 
their  waking.     17.  We  learn  more  by  studying  men  than 


26  DEBER 

by  reading  books.  18.  Her  image,  as  it  rises  in  memory.^ 
is  not  that  of  the  actress  who  stormed  the  citadel  of  all 
hearts  in  the  delirium  of  Juliet,  or  (ni)  dazzled  with  the 
witchery  of  Rosalind's  glee,  or  (ni)  charmed  with  Viola's 
tender  grace;  but  it  is  that  of  the  grave,  sweet  woman, 
playing  softly  in  the  twilight,  singing  in  a  rich,  tremu- 
lous, touching  voice,  as  the  white  angels  sing  in  ^adora- 
tion before  the  throne  of  God.  v. 

1.  arriving:  put  the  gerund  first  (§  519). 

2.  being :   see  preceding  note, 
lying,  que  se  encuentra. 

6.  I  am  getting  to,  voy  followed  bji  the  gerund  (§  525). 
10.   in  the  midst  of  it:  do  not  render  "of  it." 

13.  Render  —  and  then  is  when  the  petals,  etc. 

14.  nor  is  this  all,  hay  mds. 
standing :  use  estar. 

from  each  other,  unos  de  otros. 

15.  heads  .  .  .  faces:  singular  in  Spanish  (§  1300). 
shadowed :  render  —  their  wings  shading  their  faces. 

17.  Do  not  express  "by"  (§  530). 

18.  all:  the  definite  article  is  here  required  after  todo  (§  600). 
as  ...  sing :  put  verb  before  its  subject. 


EXERCISE  XVII 

DEBER 

(Study  §§  1003-1025) 

I.  I  ought  to  get  up  early  in  the  morning,  but  I  don't 
much  like  to.  2.  You  must  be  cold  on  account  of  the 
draught  from  that  window.  3.  She  was  to  have  been  at 
the  theater  at  a  quarter  before  two  in  order  to  procure 


DEBER  27 

good  seats.  4.  He  must  have  been  an  eccentric  and  very 
disagreeable  man.  5.  The  antiquary  has  been  obliged 
to  abandon  his  studies  on  account  of  his  bad  health,  and 
to  take  a  sea  trip.  6.  The  fire  must  have  been  caused  by 
the  carelessness  of  the  electrician.  7.  They  must  have 
lost  all  their  money,  for  they  have  sold  their  carriages  and 
their  horses,  and  have  gone  to  live  in  a  small  house.  8. 
You  mustv  have  enjoyed  greatly  your  stay  in  the  capi- 
tal (/.).  9.  The  prisoner  had  been  obliged  to  confess 
*;hat  he  >had  killed  the  man.  10.  They  ought  to  have 
Known  that  it  was  dangerous  to  set  out  in  such  a  small 
boat  that  stormy  night,  n.  It  is  very  dusty,  the  grass 
and  the  flowers  seem  scorched  and  withered ;  it  must  cer- 
tainly rain  soon.  1*2.  In  order  to  open  new  markets  and 
conduct  business  with  greater  profit,  the  manufacturer 
should  have  the  opportunity  of  knowing  well  the  nature 
of  the  goods  that  the  consumer  desires.  13.  Before  they 
return  from  the  ball,  I  shall  have  been  obliged  to  go  to 
bed.  14.  You  ought  to  study  and  profit  by  your  advan- 
tages instead  of  spending  time  in  idleness.  15.  You 
should  not  have  left  before  I  arrived.  16.  Owing  to  the 
bad  condition  of  the  street,  Albert  fell  from  his  bicycle, 
and  broke  his  collar-bone,  at  the  same  time  ruining  the- 
bicycle.  17.  Having  to  sing  in  the  opera  (f.  3.)  of  Faust 
that  night,  Eduardo  de  Reske  left  his  friends  in  order  to 
rest  a  little  before  going  to  the  Opera  House. 

1.  don't  much  like  to,  no  me  gusta  mucho  (§  1165). 

2.  be,  tener  (§  88 1). 
from,  que  entra  por. 

3.  a  quarter  before  two,  las  dos  menos  cuarto  (§  389). 
10.   such  .  .   .  boat:  render  —  a  boat  so  small. 

that  .  .  .  night:  supply  en  before  the  demonstrative. 


PODER 

12.  the  consumer  desires:  reverse  the  order. 

13.  return:  present  subjunctive  (§  910). 

14.  time:  supply  definite  article. 

15.  arrived:  past  subjunctive  (§  986,  3). 

1 6.  his  collar-bone :  use  definite  article  (§  482). 

ruining,  quedando  arruinada  (making  la  biciclefa  subject). 


EXERCISE  XVIII 

PODER 

(Study  §§  1026-1033) 

I.  I  cannot  pay  him  what  I  owe  him,  because  I  have 
not  received  my,  (el)  money  yet.  2.  The  beautiful  city 
with  its  churches  and  towers  can  be  seen  from  this  point. 
3.  The  florist  has  not  been  able  yet  to  obtain  a  new 
variety  of  carnation  that  pleases  him.  4.  It  has  been  two 
months  since  we  have  heard  from  our  cousins ;  they  may 
have  gone  to  the  mountains,  where  there  are  no  regular 
mails.  5.  Mary  could  play  the  piano  and  violin  (m.  I.) 
magnificently,  after  a  residence  of  three  years  in  Berlin 
(m.  I.).  6.  The  robbers  could  not  have  been  heard,  be- 
cause they  carried  off  all  the  silver,  the  watches  and 
jewels  of  the  family.  7.  I  cannot  but  hope  that  my  plans 
for  next  summer  will  turn  out  well.  8.  His  good  nature, 
his  fidelity  in  the  fulfilment  of  his  duty,  his  sincerity,  Mis 
self-denial,  and  his  absolutely  blameless  and  guileless 
conduct,  as  well  as  his  genius  and  artistic  zeal,  have  not 
failed  to  win  him  many  friends.  9.  They  could  not  help 
giving  a  sigh  of  satisfaction  when  the  guests  left.  10.  A 


PODER  29 

storm  was  imminent,  because  he  could  hear  the  rumbling 
of  distant  thunder,  n.  The  citizens,  notwithstanding 
all  their  precautions,  had  not  been  able  to  arrest  the 
progress  of  the  smallpox.  12.  Perhaps  by  the  autumn, 

Congress  will  have  been  able  to  arrive'  at  some  conclusion 
on  the  tariff  question.  13.  By  (con)  waiting  a  month 
or  so,  I  am  sure  we  can  obtain  great  bargains  in  the 
stores.  14.  Instead  of  burying  herself,  so  to  speak,  with 
ler  talents  and  her  education,  Isabel  might  have  easily 
made  a  reputation  in  the  world  of  art  or  literature,  but 
ler  indolent  disposition  has  hindered  her  from  doing  so 
15.  "You  might  have  been  kinder  toward  the  girl,  and 
:hus  (de  ese  mo  do)  have  saved  her  much  anguish,  for 
you  cannot  hammer  a  girl  into  anything.  16.  She  grows 
as  a  flower ;  she  will  wither  without  sun ;  she  will  decay 
in  her  sheath  as  a  narcissus  if  you  do  not  give  her  air 
enough.  17.  She  may  fall  and  defile  her  head  in  dust  if 
vou  leave  her  without  help  in  some  moments  of  her  life, 
3Ut  you  cannot  fetter  her ;  she  must  take  her  own  way  if 
she  take  any,  and  will  find  what  is  good  for  herself." 

4.  it  has  been  .  .  .  since,  hace  .  .  .  qtie  (§  876). 
mountains :  singular  in  Spanish. 

6.  the  robbers,  etc.:  combine  the  constructions  explained  in  §§312 

and  825;  c/.,  also,  §  828. 

7.  turn  out  well:  put  this  verb-phrase  before  its  subject. 

8.  have  not  failed  =  could  not  help. 

9.  left :  put  verb  before  its  subject. 
10.   was  imminent:  put  verb  first. 

distant  thunder,  supply  indefinite  article. 
12.   by,  para  (§  508). 
13-    Or  SO,  poco  mds  6  menos  (§  377). 
14.    art:  plural  in  Spanish;  supply  definite  article. 

from  doing  SO,  que  la  ganara. 


30  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

15.  you  .  .  .  you:  use  the  impersonal  se  (§§  818,  827)  in  this  and  the 

remaining  sentences. 
anguish :  plural  in  Spanish. 
hammer  .  .  .  anything,  modelar  d  una  nina  martilldndola. 

1 6.  Render  —  without  the  sun  she  will,  etc. 

17.  dust:  supply  definite  article. 
if  she  take,  si  es  que  sigue. 


EXERCISE  XIX 

THE   SUBJUNCTIVE 

(Study  §§883-915) 

I.  Emmanuel  tells  his  servant  to  brush  his  clothes  and 
then  to  go  out  and  (d)  buy  him  a  new  cravat.  2.  The 
employes  of  the  Government  have  petitioned  Congress  to 
keep  the  National  Library  open  at  night.  3.  The  farmer 
has  written  to  the  President,  asking  in  recompense  of  his 
long  and  faithful  services  to  the  party,  that  His  Excel- 
lency would  see  fit  to  give  him  a  small  post  office.  4.  I 
propose,  if  agreeable  to  the  company,  that  we  adjourn  the 
session,  in  order  to  partake  of  a  collation.  5.  The  pro- 
fessor does  not  permit  his  pupils  to  speak  to  each  other  in 
the  class-room.  6.  I  should  prefer  to  have  you  come  to 
my  office  to-morrow.  7.  I  am  glad  that  your  project 
has  turned  out  so  well.  8.  I  am  sorry  that  a  young  man 
of  such  talent  has  been  obliged  to  abandon  his  studies. 

9.  It  is  not  proper  for  Grace  to  write  to  the  young  man. 

10.  It  is  a  pity  that  you   (/.)  are  never  ready  in  time. 

11.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  our  friends  will  write  to  us  fre- 


THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  31 

quently  during  their  travels.  12.  I  deny  that  she  intends 
to  deceive  anyone.  13.  The  lawyer  wants  a  clerk  who 
writes  a  good  hand.  14.  When  she  comes  she  will  be 
surprised  to  see  the  room  furnished  so  luxuriously.  15. 
Whoever  he  may  be,  I  do  not  like  him.  16.  Everything 
is  arranged  for  them,  whenever  they  may  come.  17. 
Wherever  I  may  find  myself,  I  shall  always  think  with 
pleasure  of  (en)  the  happy  days  that  I  passed  in  that 
beautiful  city.  18.  Whatever  may  be  the  dangers  that 
threaten  us,  we  will  advance  bravely  to  meet  them.  19. 
However  tempestuous  the  weather  may  be,  I  shall  not  fail 
to  accompany  you  to  the  theater  next  Friday.  20.  What- 
ever talents  he  has  he  will  never  attain  a  high  rank,  be- 
cause he  does  not  like  work  much.  21.  The  lady  of  the 
house  secretes  her  keys,  so  that  the  servant  girl  may  not 
be  able  to  find  them.  22.  The  youth  travels  in  order  to 
know  something  of  the  world,  and  when  he  returns  to  his 
own  country,  he  will  apply  himself  to  work.  23.  I  shall 
have  an  arbor  built  in  the  garden,  in  order  to  pass  the 
summer  days  among  the  flowers.  24.  We  cannot  amuse 
ourselves  a  little  in  light  conversation,  without  the  old 
lady  upbraiding  us.  25.  It  is  discreet  for  us  to  get  out 
of  the  way,  lest  they  see  us  laugh.  26.  I  shall  finish  my 
work  to-day,  provided  they  do  not  interrupt  me  with 
questions.  27.  I  will  accompany  you  to  New  York  with 
pleasure,  on  condition  that  you  pay  my  expenses.  2&.f 
Unless  everything  turns  out  in  an  unexpected  manner,  I 
shall  enjoy  many  delightful  excursions  in  my  sail  boat 
next  summer.  "29.  I  cannot  talk  to  you  now ;  I  have  to 
finish  these  letters  before  the  superintendent  returns.  30. 
I  can  wait  with  patience  until  he  sees  fit  to  speak  again. 


32  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

31.    I   shall   not   go   to   his   house  while   he   is   so   dis- 
agreeable. 

2.  at  night,  par  la  noche. 

4.  if  agreeable  to,  si  es  del  gusto  de. 

6.  to  have  you  come :  render  —  that  you  should  come. 

7.  that,  deque  (§  912). 

8.  has  been:  use  -verse  instead  of  ser  (§  814). 
12.  anyone,  nadie  (§  732,  d}. 

14.  so  luxuriously:  use  con  and  noun  (§  568). 

19.  the  weather:  supply  que  haga  (§§  880,  894). 

22.  returns:  use  regrcsar. 

29.  returns :  see  preceding  note. 

30.  until,  hasta  el  momenta  en  que. 

31.  is:  use  mostrarse  instead  of  ser. 


EXERCISE  XX 

THE    SUBJUNCTIVE 

Continued 

(Study  §§  91 6-943) 

I.  The  governor  insisted, that  (en  que)  we  should  all 
be  present.  2.  A  body  has  no  motion  unless  it  receives  it 
from  another.  3.  When  we  thoroughly  know  the  world, 
we  despise  it ;  but,  before  knowing  it,  we  yield  ourselves 
to  it,  and  the  heart  is  led  astray  before  reason  instructs  it. 
4.  I  shall  deny  in  public  that  I  said  it  to  you/^  5.  People 
used  the  bark  of  trees  to  write  upon,  before  paper  was  in- 
vented. 6.  The  Duke  ordered  the  waiter  of  the  hotel  to. 
serve  him  an  appetizing  dinner,  with  the  best  wines  that 


I    UNIVERSITY    { 
SUBJUNCTIVE  •  33 

~ 


he  had  at  his  disposal.  7.  Before  studying  Spanish,  I  had 
had  the  idea  (/.)  that  it  was  a  very  easy  and  simple  lan- 
guage. 8.  I  shall  wait  until  the  weather  has  cleared  up 
a  little  before  I  go  out.  9.  It  appeared  impossible  to 
ascertain  which  of  the  sisters  had  stolen  the  diamonds. 
10.  I  was  resolved  that  (a  que)  he  should  not  leave  me 
behind  in  studies,  although  I  should  have  to  burn  the 
midnight  oil  until  the  small  hours  of  the  night,  n.  The 
general,  supposing  that  the  left  wing  of  the  enemy  was  at 
his  right,  ordered  his  artillery  to  cannonade  all  night. 
12.  Fearing  that  the  roof  would  be  torn  off  by  the  vio- 
lence of  the  wind,  we  took  refuge  in  the  cellar.  13.  Draw 
the  curtains  and  light  the  lamps.  Put  the  supper  on  (en) 
the  table,  because  I  am  very  tired  and  hungry  after  the 
day's  labors.  14.  May  you  have  many  happy  New 
Years.  15.  Please  accept  this  small  token  of  my  esteem. 
1  6.  Come  here  and  see  what  I  have  bought  for  my  niece. 
17.  Let  us  go  out  to  dine  in  the  Swiss  Cafe  on  the  Boule- 
vard, where  they  have  such  excellent  wine  and  fine  game. 
1  8.  "Would  to  God,"  said  the  father,  "that  he  may  return 
to  us  in  safety."  "Would  to  God,"  said  the  mother,  "that 
he  had  never  gone  away."  19.  May  Heaven  grant  that 
the  engineer  may  have  skill  enough  to  (para)  prevent  the 
collision  of  the  trains.  20.  Let  him  say  what  he  will,  >I 
intend  to  manage  my  affairs  in  my  own  way*  21.  I  am 
astonished  that  you  have  got  up  so  early.  22.  I  got  up 
early  because  I  was  afraid  you  would  start  without  me. 

23.  I  wish  she  would  return  me  the  books  that  I  lent  her. 

24.  Did  you  not  give  her  permission  for  her  sister  to  read 
them  before  she  should  return  them  to  you?     25.  That 
is  true,  but  both  of  them  have  had  more  than  enough  time 


34  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

to  (para)  read  them  and  I  am  afraid  they  may  get  lost; 
besides  I  need  them  very  much  as  books  of  reference. 

5.  to  write  upon :  render  —  in  order  to  write. 

7.  that,  de  qtie  (§  913). 

ii.  supposing:  put  the  gerund  first  (§  519). 

14.  many  happy  New  Years,  felices  anos. 

16.  and,  para  followed  by  infinitive. 

17.  wine:  plural  in  Spanish. 
20.  in  my  own  way,  d  mi  modo. 

24.  for,  para  que, 

25.  both  of  them,  las  dos. 


EXERCISE  XXI 

THE    SUBJUNCTIVE 

Continued 
(Study  §§  966-967  and  971-1002) 

I.  "flie  fine  autumn  night  was  drawing  to  a  close, 
when  I  came  out  of  the  cave  with  the  robbers.  2.  I  was 
armed  like  them,  and  I  rode  a  pretty  good  horse,  which 
had  been  taken  from  the  same  gentleman  whose  clothes  I 
wore.  3.  I  had  been  living  so  long  in  the  darkness  that 
the  breaking  day  dazzled  me  somewhat  at  first,  but  by 
degrees  my  eyes  got  accustomed  to  endure  it.  4.  We 
went  and  stationed  ourselves  in  ambush  on  the  outskirts 
of  a  forest,  along  which  the  highway  to  (de)  Leon  ex- 
tended. 5.  There  we  waited  for  fortune  to  offer  us  some 
good  prize,  when  all  at  once  we  perceived  a  priest  ap- 
proaching, mounted  on  an  ill-fed  mule.  6.  We  should 
have  preferred  that  any  other  kind  of  an  individual  had 


THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  35 

made  his  appearance  rather  than  a  priest  —  not  that  we 
had  any  particular  respect  for  his  office  —  but  priests 
have  proverbially  bad  purses.  7.  Nevertheless  we  were 
determined  not  to  lose  through  negligence  any  gift  that 
fortune  should  see  fit  to  bestow  upon  us,  and  I  was 
deputed  to  advance  and  speak  to  the  holy  wayfarer." 

8.  I  do  not  believe  that  I  could  have  done  it  better,  if  I 
had  tried  it  myself.  9.  I  am  sorry  that  you  refused  his 
offer;  everybody  wanted  you  to  accept  it,  and  most  of  us 
expected  that  you  woulcj.  10.  It  seemed  to  us  impossible 
that  the  brigand  could  have  had  time  to  communicate  with 
his  companions,  n.  I  should  never  have  thought,  if  I 
had  not  seen  your  work,  that  it  would  have  been  possible 
to  compose  so  perfect  a  poem  in  so  short  a  time.  12.  I 
am  glad  that  you  avoided  a  quarrel  with  him,  for  I  assure 
you  that  at  one  time  I  did  not  think  it  would  be  possible 
for  you  to  restrain  yourself  from  striking  him ;  I  am  sure 
I  should  not  have  exhibited  as  much  patience  as  you  did. 
13.  He  did  not  believe  that  the  Count  would  have  the 
courage  to  show  himself  upon  the  balcony  for  fear  that 
some  one  in  (de)  .the  mob  would  shoot  him.  14.  I 
ordered  the  guide  to  be  ready  at  daybreak,  but  I  scarcely 
expected  that  he  would  exhibit  so  much  promptness  when 
he  had  no  reason  to  believe  that  I  was  able  to  reward  him 
adequately.  15.  It  was  extremely  mortifying  to  her  that 
this  man  should  make  love  to  her  only  for  the  love  of  her 
fortune ;  nevertheless,  it  would  have  been  still  more  mor- 
tifying if  he  had  not  made  love  to  her  at  all.  16.  Caligula 
(/.  3.)  wished  that  the  Roman  people  had  only  one  head, 
so  that  he  might  cut  it  off  at  one  blow ;  and  Lord  Byron 
wished  that  all  the  women  in  (de)  the  world  had  only  one 


36  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

mouth,  in  order  that  he  might  kiss  them  all  at  the  same 
time.  17.  His  sweetheart  begged  him  to  write  to  her 
every  day.  18.  She  entreated  him  to  be  careful  and  not 
to  expose  himself  to  danger.  19.  He  told  her  not  to  be 
alarmed,  and  promised  that  he  would  return  safely  within 
(en)  a  month,  and  would  think  of  her  constantly  in  the 
meantime. 

3.  had  been  living  so  long,  hacia  tanto  tiempo  que  vivia  (§  875). 

4.  and,  d  followed  by  infinitive. 
which,  el  que  or  *l  cual  (§  687,  4). 

5.  for:  use  que  with  subjunctive. 

6.  any  other  kind,  cualquier  otra  clase. 
an  individual :  omit  the  article. 
bad  purses :  supply  definite  article. 

7.  not  to,  d  no. 
Upon  US,  nos. 

and  speak :  use  d  followed  by  infinitive. 

8.  could  have  done:  haber podido  hacer  (§§  992,  1032). 

9.  you  to:  que  usted  followed  by  subjunctive. 
that  you  would:  supply  "do  so." 

12.    at  one  time,  hubo  un  momenta  en  que. 

15.  at  all,  de  ningun  modo. 

1 6.  at  one,  de  un  solo. 

1 8.   danger:  supply  definite  article. 


THE  CONDITIONAL  37 


EXERCISE  XXII 

THE    CONDITIONAL 

(Study  §§  944-970) 

I.  If  I  gave  him  money,  he  would  spend  it;  therefore  I 
will  not  give  it  to  him.  2.  If  she  had  given  me  the  cake, 
I  would  have  eaten  it.  3.  We  have  not  bought  the  filter; 
but  should  have  bought  it  if  the  price  had  been  less.  4. 
If  I  had  known  that  the  horse  was  blind,  I  would  not  have 
sold  him  to  you.  5.  If  she  knew  the  secret,  she  would 
tell  it  to  me.  6.  If  I  had  the  money,  I  would  lend  it  to 
"you.  7.  If  you  had  read  the  book,  you  would  have 
known  that  his  statement  is  incorrect.  8.  If  I  had  told 
it  to  you,  I  am  sure  that  (de  que)  you  would  have 
repeated  it.  9.  If  we  had  had  time,  we  would  have 
accompanied  you  with  pleasure.  10.  If  he  had  had  the 
courage  to  ( de)  tell  her  that  he  loved  her,  she  would  have 
accepted  him.  n.  If  he  had  not  been  disguised,  the 
police  would  have  recognized  him.  12.  If  you  had  not 
given  me  what  you  promised  me,  I  should  have  been  dis- 
pleased. 13.  If  it  rained  all  day,  the  streets  would  be 
wet.  14.  If  she  had  written  me  a  letter,  I  should  not 
have  shown  it  to  you.  15.  If  you  had  closed  the  window, 
you  would  not  have  felt  the  cold.  16.  If  they  had  given 
me  the  letter,  I  should  not  have  read  it.  17.  If  he  had 
told  it  to  me,  I  should  not  have  believed  it.  18.  If  the 
servant  had  broken  the  dish,  she  would  not  have  told  us 
so.  19.  I  should  not  have  gone  to  the  wedding,  if  they 
had  invited  me.  20,  I  should  not  have  bought  the  horse, 


3§  THE  CONDITIONAL 

if  you  had  offered  him  to  me  for  half  the  price.  21.  He 
could  not  tell  the  truth,  even  though  he  should  try  to  do 
so.  22.  If  they  had  sung  Tannhduser,  I  should  have 
gone  to  the  opera  (/.  3.).  23.  I  do  not  believe  he  would 
have  gone,  even  though  you  had  invited  him.  24.  If 
they  had  known  that  the  weather  would  be  so  bad,  I 
doubt  whether  (que)  they  would  have  come  to  the  city. 
25.  I  am  not  sure  that  he  would  have  been  able  to  resist 
the  temptation,  if  he  had  been  in  your  place.  26.  If  my 
friend's  house  had  not  been  so  far,  I  should  have  gone 
there  to-night.  27.  If  my  servant  were  not  so  discon- 
tented, she  would  please  me  perfectly.  28.  We  should 
have  loved  to  visit  the  Player's  Club,  when  we  were  in 
New  York,  but  women  are  not  admitted,  except  (sino) 
on  Shakespeare's  birthday.  29.  I  should  have  liked  to 
go  to  the  seaside  last  summer,  but  I  did  not  havotime. 
30.  If  he  had  more  patience  and  more  perseverance,  he 
would  the  sooner  attain  his  object.  31.  You  should  have 
known  that  the  man  was  a  liar.  32.  If  I  had  been  able  to 
go  to  Europe,  I  should  have  studied  art  in  the  galleries 
of  Paris  (m.  i.).  33.  If  the  general  had  known  that  the 
enemy  was  on  the  opposite  hill,  he  would  not  have  slept  so 
tranquilly.  34.  If  the  bell  had  not  rung,  I  should  have 
given  you  (pi.)  thirty-five  sentences. 

3.  price:  put  noun  last. 

19.  they:  use  impersonal  reflexive  construction  (§§  818,  824). 

20.  half  the  price :  render  —  the  half  of  that  price. 
22.  they:  use  reflexive  substitute  for  passive  (§  818). 

24.  be :  use  hacer  (§  880). 

25.  had  been:  use  hallarse  instead  of  ser  (§  814). 

26.  if  ...  had  not  been,  d  no  estar  (§  1210);  put  subject  last. 
30.  the  sooner :  omit  the  article, 


HABER  39 

31.  , a  liar:  omit  the  article. 

32.  art :  supply  definite  article. 

33.  was:  use  hallarse  (§  814);  put  verb  before  its  subject. 
tranquilly:  use  adjective  for  adverb  (§  1411). 


EXERCISE  XXIII 

HABER 

(Study  §§  856-857,  860-870,  and  882) 

I.  There  will  be  frost  to-night.  2.  There  has  been 
much  rain  this  month.  3.  There  had  been  a  great  fire 
in  the  town  the  night  before.  4.  Thei*e  were  violent  vol- 
canic eruptions  during  the  winter.  5.  There  will  be  a 
political  convention  in  the  capital  (f.)  to-morrow.  6. 
There  will  not  be  many  oranges  this  year.  7.  That  night 
there  was  a  terrific  earthquake,  and  many  houses  were 
overthrown.  8.  The  papers  say  there  has  been  a  revolt 
in  the  Philippine  Islands.  9.  If  he  were  in  his  room, 
there  would  be  a  light  in  the  window.  10.  If  there  were 
any  flour  in  the  house,  I  would  make  some  biscuits,  n. 
There  appears  to  have  been  a  freshet  here.  12.  There 
have  been  many  important  occurrences  during  your  ab- 
sence. 13.  There  would  have  been  a  fight  if  you  had 
not  been  there.  14.  There  being  no  meeting,  I  will  go 
home.  15.  There  having  been  no  rain  during  the  pre- 
vious rnonth,  the  grass  was  extremely  dry.  16.  There 
have  been  no  important  developments  in  the  matter  since 
your  departure.  17.  There  will  be  no  need  of  exploring 
this  portion  of  the  coast  further.  18.  There  does  not 


40  HABER 

seem  to  have  been  any  chemical  reaction  in  the  sub- 
stances. 19.  I  hope  there  will  be  another  opportunity  oj 
hearing  that  singer. 

20.  There  are  some  things  that  will  live  forever;  the 
statues  of  Greece,  the  works  of  Shakespeare,  the  music  ol 
Wagner.  21.  It  has  been  necessary  to  appropriate 
money  for  the  coast  defences.  22.  There  was  peace  after 
this  event  for  fifty  years.  23.  There  are  traces  oJ 
Roman  camps  overgrown  with  grass,  and  of  mounds  that 
are  the  burial  places  of  Britons,  in  almost  all  parts  o1 
England.  24.  In  Cornwall,  where  the  sea-coast  is  very 
gloomy,  steep,  and  rugged  there  are  very  ancient  ruins 
which  the  people  call  the  ruins  of  King  Arthur's  castle 
25.  The  weapons  of  the  Saxons  were  very  strong,  anc 
among  them  there  was  a  terrible  iron  hammer  that  gave 
deadly  blows  and  was  long  remembered.  26.  Julius 
C&sar  (m.  2.)  expected  to  find  pearls  in  England,  anc 
there  may  have  been  some  there,  but  I  am  sure  tljat  (de 
que)  he  found  some  stubborn  Britons.  27.  There  being  a 
great  fair  in  the  city,  the  country  people  flocked  thither. 
28.  It  was  believed  there  would  be  war  in  South  Africa 
(f.  3.),  and  there  was.  29.  There  are  beautiful  roses  in 
the  conservatory,  and  there  are  more  beautiful  ones  in^the 
garden.  30.  There  will  be  a  great  deal  to  be  done  before 
the  building  is  completed.  31.  There  are  many  beautiful 
things  to  see  in  the  great  world,  but  (mas)  life  is  too  short 
for  everything.  32.  I  am  to  finish  this-work  before  four 
o'clock.  33.  The  book  you  are  in  need  of  must  be  in  the 
National  Library.  34.  I  am  to  have  the  pleasure  of  din- 
ing with  the  Prince  of  Wales  to-morrow.  35.  There  has 
been  a  celebrated  bull-fighter  in  the  city  during  the  last 


TRANSITIVE  AND  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS  41 

week.  36.  There  has  been  a  panic  on  the  Stock  Ex- 
change. 37.  There  will  have  been  many  discussions  be- 
fore the  bill  is  passed.  ^38.  In  days  gone  by  there  may 
have  been  a  castle  where  these  ruins  are.  39.  There  may 
be  a  gold  mine  on  this  farm,  but  it  (eso)  is  not  very 
likely.  40.  God  said :  Let  there  be  light ;  and  there  was 
light. 
5.  to-morrow:  put  adverb  of  time  immediately  after  the  verb  it 

qualifies. 
1 7.   further :  put  adverb  immediately  after  its  verb. 

21.  coast:  plural  in  Spanish. 

22.  Render  —  peace  for  fifty  years  after  this,  etc. 

23.  in  almost  all  parts,  etc.,  begins  the  sentence. 
Britons :  supply  definite  article. 

25.   weapons:  put  subject  after  verb  and  adjective. 
27.   flocked  :  put  subject  after  verb. 
30.   to  be  done :  que  hacer  (§  867). 
34.    See  note  to  5th  sentence. 
38.   in  days  gone  by,  en  algun  tiempo. 
are :  put  subject  after  verb. 


EXERCISE  XXIV 

TRANSITIVE    AND    INTRANSITIVE    VERBS 

(Study  §§  783  and  800-809) 

I.  The  Captain  disembarked  the  prisoners  on  (en)  a 
desolate  island.  2.  The  troops  disembarked  upon  the 
beach  twenty  miles  below  the  capital  (/.).  3.  These 
three  officers  formed  a  conspiracy  to  blow  up  the  vessel. 
4.  The  magazine  blew  up  and  over  one  hundred  men 
were  killed.  5.  The  warm  rays  of  the  sun  soon  melted 


42  TRANSITIVE  AND  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS 

the  ice.  6.  The  butter  will  melt  if  you  put  it  so  close  to 
the  fire.  7.  It  is  a  well-known  principle  of  physics  that 
heat  expands  metals  and  cold  contracts  them.  8.  A 
small  space  is  left  between  the  rails  at  their  junctions  in 
order  that  they  may  have  room  to  (para)  expand  and 
contract.  9.  His  remarks  angered  the  Judge.  10.  Your 
brother-in-law  gets  angry  very  easily,  n.  I  can't  go  to 
bed  until  I  have  put  the  children  to  bed.  12.  The  driver 
trots  the  horses.  13.  The  fire  does  not  burn  well,  so  that 
the  servant  girl  cannot  boil  the  water.  14.  The  people 
proclaimed  the  general  king,  and  seated  him  firmly  on  the 
throne.  15.  The  ladies  seated  themselves  around  the 
table.  1 6.  The  city  government  will  extend  the  avenue 
as  far  as  the  river.  17.  The  grass-covered  plain  extends 
interminably.  18.  The  strange  bird  approached  us  with- 
out fear.  19.  On  hearing  the  firing,  the  soldier 
trembled  and  turned  on  his  heel  in  order  to  escape.  20. 
The  servant-girl  has  broken  my  beautiful  Japanese  cup. 
21.  The  bridge  broke  and  the  train  was  thrown  into  the 
water.  22.  When  winter  comes  the  birds  fly  away  to 
more  temperate  regions.  23.  The  bumble-bee  flies,  al- 
though his  wings  are  very  little  for  his  heavy  body.  24. 
The  army  marched  through  the  country,  spreading  ruin 
and  devastation  everywhere.  25.  The  guest  left  without 
wishing  his  hostess  goodnight.  26.  This  muslin  is  very 
strong,  it  does  not  tear  easily.  27.  The  girl  tore  her 
China  silk  dress  on  a  nail.  28.  We  must  get  up  very 
early  to-morrow  in  order  to  take  the  train.  29.  The  man 
lifted  the  little  girl  in  his  arms.  30.  The  coming  of 
spring  gladdens  me.  31.  He  is  glad  that  my  undertak- 
ing has  turned  out  so  well  for  me.  32.  The  vivid*  car- 


TRANSITIVE  AND  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS  43 

mine  of  her  lips  enhanced  the  pearly  whiteness  of  her 
teeth.  33.  I  am  ashamed  to  ask  you  for  the  money.  34. 
The  teacher  put  the  boy  to  shame  on  account  of  his  bad 
lessons.  35.  They  went  to  Europe  about  the  middle  of 
last  month.  36.  He  leaves  his  country  forever.  37.  The 
General-in-Chief  opposed  an  army  of  20,000  men  to  their 
advance.  38.  The  Prime  Minister  opposed  this  measure. 
39.  When  the  Count  learned  this,  he  withdrew  all  objec- 
tion. 40.  As  I  felt  that  I  was  "de  trop,"  I  withdrew. 
41.  The  King  adjourned  the  meeting  until  (para)  the 
following  day.  42.  As  there  was  no  further  business  to 
(que)  transact,  the  meeting  adjourned.  43.  This  occur- 
rence recalled  to  me  the  Duke's  threat.  44.  I  tried  to 
recall  his  name,  but  (mas)  in  vain.  45.  The  conduct  of 
his  son  grieved  him  extremely.  46.  You  must  not  grieve 
so ;  everything  will  come  right  in  the  end.  47.  We 
decided  to  drown  three  of  the  kittens.  48.  It  is  useless 
to  try  to  save  him;  he  will  drown  before  you  can  reach 
the  place.  49.  The  wounded  deer  made  vain  efforts  to 
(por)  rise.  50.  The  priest  raised  his  hands  to  heaven. 
51.  He  hastened  his  steps  as  night  was  coming  on.  52. 
We  must  hasten  or  we  will  not  arrive  in  time.  53.  By 
joining  the  two  ladders  we  may  be  able  to  reach  the  win- 
dow. 54.  The  two  roads  joined  at  (en)  the  little  sta- 
tion of  Santa  Ana,  thirty  miles  north  of  the  capital  (/.). 

55.  I  joined  the  party  as  they  were  leaving  the  Club. 

56,  The  three  conspirators  separated  and  proceeded  each 
to  his  home.     57.  My  father  separated  us,  although  with 
great  difficulty,  and  sent  us  home. 

4.   were  killed:  murieron  (§  1143,  REM.). 
8.   junctions:  singular  in  Spanish. 


44       MISCELLANEOUS  IDIOMATIC  EXPRESSIONS 

14.   the  general  king:  rey  al general  (§  1318). 

firmly:  use  adjective  instead  of  adverb  (§  1411). 
19.   his  heel,  los  talones  (§§  478,  1300). 

22.  when  .  .  .  comes,  al  llegar  (§  1209). 
regions :  supply  definite  article. 

23.  for,/<mz(§  509). 

25.    Bear  in  mind  that  "hostess"  is  dative. 

27.    Put  the  adverbial  clause  immediately  after  verb. 

31.   for  me:  dative  of  advantage  (§  321). 

33.   you:  dative  of  disadvantage  (§  321);  do  not  express  "for." 

35.  about  the  middle,  d  mediados  (§  395). 

40.    as  I  felt :  use  gerund  (§  530) ;  dependent  verb  is  infinitive,  since 

there  is  no  change  of  subject. 
51.   his  steps:  singular  in  Spanish;  use  definite  article  for  possessive 

pronoun  (§§  478,  1300). 
54.  north :  render  —  to  the  north. 


EXERCISE  XXV 

MISCELLANEOUS    IDIOMATIC    EXPRESSIONS 

(Study  §§  1149-1190) 

I .  My  right  eye  pained  so  that  I  had  to  stop  reading. 
2.  I  wonder  if  she  missed  me  during  my  absence.  3. 
Nothing  more  was  lacking  to  make  the  scene  a  dream  of 
surpassing  beauty.  4.  He  promised  me  that  he  would  try 
to  study  more  than  ever  this  winter.  5.  I  use  my  glasses 
so  constantly  that  I  cannot  do  without  them.  6.  It  seems 
to  me  that  the  sun  is  long  in  showing  himself.  7.  It  was 
no  longer  a  question  of  the  patient's  recovery,  but  of  how 
long  he  had  to  (que}  live.  8.  It  is  better  for  us  to 
remain  indoors  during  the  storm  that  is  now  raging.  9. 
She  had  only  one  beautiful  possession,  her  golden  hair, 


MISCELLANEOUS  IDIOMATIC  EXPRESSIONS         45 

but  she  knew  how  to  turn  it  to  account.  10.  As  the  night 
was  fine  and  the  air  balmy,  we  took  a  stroll  in  the  garden, 
ii.  I  understand  that  they  have  quarreled  and  that  they 
no  longer  speak  to  each  other.  12.  The  snow  is  deep 
and  it  is  moonlight,  so  everyone  goes  sleigh-riding.  13. 
The  Captain  has  made  the  tour  of  the  world  three  times. 
14.  The  brave  youth  swam  the  distance  between  the  ship 
and  the  island,  and  rescued  the  unfortunate  man.  15. 
Isabel  and  her  brother  skated  across  the  pond.  16.  The 
Countess  drove  around  Central  Park  in  a  carriage.  17. 
The  general  walks  across  the  bridge.  18.  Count  Ivan 
traveled  across  the  snow-covered  plains  in  a  sleigh.  19. 
The  boy  went  around  the  room  on  all  fours,  in  order  to 
annoy  his  sister.  20.  He  went  upstairs  on  all  fours,  in 
order  not  to  awaken  his  wife.  21.  The  exasperated  man 
tried  to  kill  with  his  shoes  the  cats  that  were  depriving 
him  of  sleep.  22.  The  cruel  boy  whipped  the  dog  to 
death.  23.  Ramon  traveled  a  distance  of  forty  miles  in 
two  hours  on  his  bicycle.  24.  Mr.  Silva  crossed  the  rail- 
road on  horseback.  25.  The  serpent  crawled  around  the 
rock.  26.  Will  they  walk  or  ride  to  the  theater?  27. 
They  will  ride  because  the  weather  is  bad.  28.  We  have 
walked  the  whole  distance. 

i.   I  had  to,  debt  (§  1010). 

4.  than  ever,  que  nunca  (§  732,  c). 

8.    for  US  to:  render  —  that  we  (followed  by  subjunctive). 
n.   speak:  reciprocal  (§  795). 

13.  three  times:    put  adverb  of  time    immediately  after  the  verb  it 

qualifies. 

14.  unfortunate:  adjective  used  absolutely;  do  not  express  "man." 
1 6.   Central  Park:  supply  definite  article. 

21.   sleep:  supply  definite  article. 
27.    is:  use  hacer  (§  880). 


PART  II 


EXERCISE  I 

PRECIOUS    STONES 

I.  When  we  speak  of  precious  stones,  the  diamond 
naturally  presents  itself  first  to  our  thought.  2.  The 
diamond  is  distinguished  for  its  hardness  and  remarkable 
lustre.  3.  It  reflects  light  to  such  a  high  degree  that  it 
almost  appears  to  store  up  the  light  of  day  and  shine  in 
the  darkness  as  if  by  (de)  its  own  fire.  4.  The  diamond 
is  so  hard  that  it  scratches  glass  as  easily  as  the  point  of  a 
stick  makes  a  mark  in  the  moist  sand  of  the  seashore. 
5.  Its  lustre  defies  human  art,  and  has  never  been  suc- 
cessfully imitated  by  the  ingenuity  of  man.  6.  Dia- 
monds are  found  all  over  the  world,  but  principally  in 
India,  in  Southern  Africa  (/.  3.),  and  in  Brazil.  7.  The 
diamond  is  so  precious  that  a  handsome  one  the  size  of  a 
pea  is  worth  more  than  a  hundred  dollars. 

8.  The  ruby  is  almost  as  rare  and  as  precious  as  the 
diamond.  9.  It  is  a  transparent  stone  and  of  a  red  color. 

10.  The  sapphire,  a  stone  also  very  precious,  is  trans- 
parent and  brilliant,  n.  It  is  sometimes  without  color, 
and  then  it  is  called  the  white  sapphire  and  is  sold  as  a 

46 


PRECIOUS  STONES  47 

diamond.  12.  It  frequently  exhibits  an  exquisite  color, 
red  or  blue,  sometimes  gray,  white  or  green.  13.  It  is 
found  crystallized  in  six-sitted  prisms.  It  is  the  blue 
variety  that  is  usually  called  the  sapphire. 

14.  The  emerald  is  generally  considered  to  be  a  variety 
of  the  same  species  as  (que)  the  beryl,  with  which  it 
agrees  in  composition  and  crystallization,  and  differs  only 
in  color.  15.  It  is  worth  a  great  deal  on  account  of  its 
beautiful  green  color.  16.  The  finest  are  found  in  South 
America.  17.  Its  value  greatly  depends  on  the  shade  of 
its  color.  18.  It  is  rarely  found  without  flaws.  19.  A 
perfect  emerald  has  been  sold  for  five  thousand  dollars. 

20.  The  opal  is  a  mineral  similar  to  quartz.  21.  It  is 
found  in  Hungary,  in  Queensland,  and  in  Mexico  and  the 
United  States.  22.  It  contains  alumina,  silica  and  oxide 
of  iron.  23.  The  finest  species  is  called  the  precious 
opal,  or  noble  opal.  24.  It  is  half  transparent,  of  bluish 
color,  or  yellowish  white,  and  exhibits  a  beautiful  play  of 
brilliant  colors. 

25.  There  are  numerous  varieties  of. garnets,  which 
differ  considerably  in  their  chemical  composition.  26. 
They  are  generally  red,  but  are  found  sometimes  in  (de) 
some  shade  of  brown,  black,  green  or  yellow,  and  even 
(hasta)  white  or  colorless. 

27.  The  turquoise  has  been  found  hitherto  only  in  the 
province  of  Khorassan  in  Persia.  28.  It  is  a  phosphate 
of  aluminum  and  contains  also  oxide  of  iron  and  oxide  of 
copper.  29.  Its  color  is  greenish  blue. 

30.  The  amethyst  is  a  variety  of  quartz,  of  a  light 
purple  color,  which  is  supposed  to  be  (es)  due  to  the 
presence  of  manganese, 


4-8  INDIAN  CORN 

31.  Topazes  are  composed  principally  of  alumina  and 
silica,  and  are  found  in  primitive  rocks  and  in  many  parts 
of  the  world.  32.  The  finest  are  found  in  Brazil,  and 
are  valued  greatly  on  account  of  their  lustre  and  beauti- 
ful colors. 

3.    Render  —  to  a  degree  so  high. 

to  store  up  ...  and  shine :  render  —  as  if  it  stored  up  ...  and 
shone. 

5.  been  .  .  .  imitated :   use  the  true  passive  with  the  auxiliary  ser 

(§811). 

6.  Supply  definitive  article  before  the  name  of  each  country. 

7.  Render  —  of  the  size  of,  etc. 
9.   a  red  color :  omit  the  article. 

10.   a  stone:  no  article  is  used  before  a  noun  in  apposition  (§  1349). 
14.   to  be  =  as,  como. 

composition  .  .  .  color:  supply  in  each  case  the  possessive  pro- 
noun su. 
32.   are  valued  greatly :  render  —  have  great  value. 


EXERCISE  II 

INDIAN    CORN 

I.    Indian  corn   is   distinctively  an  American  cereal. 

2.  Wherever  the  early  European  explorers  set  foot  upon 
the  American  Continent,  they  found  this  tall  and  lux- 
uriant plant  and  learned  from  (de  parte  de)  the  natives 
that  for  many  centuries  it  had  been  employed  for  food. 

3.  In  the  United  States  there  is  perhaps  no  other  agricul- 
tural product  so  universally  raised  or  that  offers  an  easier 
and  more  lucrative  crop.     4.  Indian  corn  grows  (se  da) 
well  in  Florida  and  also  gives  (produce)  abundant  har- 


INDIAN  CORN  49 

vests  in  Minnesota.  5.  It  may  be  found  in  great  (sumo) 
abundance  as  well  on  the  coasts  of  the  Atlantic  as  of  the 
Pacific.  6.  It  is  true  that  in  certain  parts  of  the  valleys 
of  the  Missouri,  the  Mississippi  and  the  Ohio,  known  by 
(con)  the  name  of  the  great  corn  region,  is  harvested  the 
greater  part  of  the  corn  produced  in  the  Republic,  but  it 
is  also  true  that  in  all  the  other  parts  of  our  country  crops 
of  this  grain  are  valuable  and  indispensable.  7.  Indian 
corn  is  used  also  as  food,  in  many  other  countries ;  but  in 
the  European  nations,  which  are  great  consumers  of 
cereals,  its  value  is  little  esteemed.  8.  In  them,  rye,  oats, 
barley  and  wheat  form  still  the  great  basis  of  cereal  food 
of  the  population ;  but  if  the  true  value  of  Indian  corn  in 
this  regard  were  adequately  known  to  them,  it  would 
soon  be  seen  to  come  into  decided  and  open  competition 
with  the  other  cereals  mentioned. 

2.  European :  de  Europa. 
found :  use  hallar. 

3.  raised,  que  este,  with  past  participle. 
Or,  ni  ninguno. 

5.  as  of  the  Pacific,  asi  como  en  las  del  Pacifico. 

6.  In  Spanish  order,  place  "the  greater  part,"  etc.,  immediately  after 

"  it  is  true  that." 

it  is  also  true :  for  sake  of  variety  use  cierto,  not  verdad. 
all  the  other,  todas  las  demds. 

7.  many  other,  otros  muchos  (§  637). 


5°  THE  CONDOR 


EXERCISE  III 

THE    CONDOR 

I.  The  Condor  is  the  king  of  the  Southern  Andes. 
2.  He  grows  to  an  immense  size.  3.  Some  of  the  largest 
specimens  have  an  extent  of  wing  of  two  and  a  half 
meters.  4.  They  are  rarely  seen  in  flocks.  5.  Gen- 
erally they  hunt  individually,  although  at  times  two  can 
be  seen  soaring  together  in  the  air  in  search  of  prey. 
6.  They  prefer  living  animals,  but  they  eat  dead  animals 
when  pressed  by  hunger,  provided  the  latter  are  not 
decomposed.  7.  The  condor,  soaring  in  wide  circles,  at 
an  altitude  of  half  a  mile,  glances  over  the  vast  territory 
which  extends  below  him,  and  when  he  sees  a  small  ani- 
mal, he  pounces  upon  it  with  the  rapidity  of  lightning, 
and  seizing  it  in  his  strong  talons,  carries  it  to  some  iso- 
lated peak  to  devour  it  or  share  it  with  his  mate.  8.  The 
stories  of  condors  that  carry  off  sheep  and  llamas,  and 
steal  tender  infants  from  their  despairing  mothers,  are 
purely  the  product  of  an  exalted  imagination,  for  the 
weight  of  the  condor's  body  is  so  great  that  he  can  rise 
only  with  great  difficulty,  and  he  would  not  be  able  to 
move  from  the  ground  if  embarrassed  by  heavy  booty. 
9.  The  preferable  manner  of  flight  of  the  condor  is  to 
fall  from  an  elevation,  extending  his  wings  in  the  man- 
ner of  a  parachute.  10.  Once  suspended  in  the  air,  he 
can  easily  maintain  himself  by  beating  his  wings,  n. 
When  the  condor  is  obliged  to  raise  himself  from  a  hori- 
zontal surface,  he  has  to  run  twenty  or  thirty  feet  with 


COAL  51 

his  wings  extended,  and  then  mount  in  (d)  the  air  as  if 
on  an  inclined  plane. 

5.  prey:  supply  definite  article. 

6.  provided,  siempre  qiie>  followed  by  subjunctive. 
they  eat  dead  animals,  los  comen  muertos  (§  454). 

7.  soaring,  use  volar  for  sake  of  variety;  see  also  §  519. 
lightning :  supply  definite  article. 

8.  of  condors  that,  de  que  los  condores. 
only,  no  .  .  .  sino. 

great  .  .   .  great,  grande  .  .  .  sunta. 
move  from,  dejar. 
if:  supply  "he  were." 

9.  flight :  supply  the  definite  article. 

10.  by  beating:  do  not  express  "by"  (§  530). 

11.  Render  —  has  to  extend  the  wings  and  run. 
as  if,  como  si fuera. 


EXERCISE  IV 

COAL 

i.  Every  deposit  of  coal  that  is  found  on  our  globe 
marks  the  place  where  formerly  there  was  an  exuberant 
extent  of  vegetation  open  to  the  light  of  day.  2.  To-day 
it  lies  black  and  hidden  in  the  depths  of  the  earth  under 
enormous  masses  of  rock  and  soil  which  it  is  necessary 
to  perforate  in  order  to  reach  the  coal.  3.  The  holes 
that  are  dug  in  order  to  obtain  this  valuable  fuel  are 
called  shafts,  and  the  excavation  at  the  bottom  of  a  shaft 
is  termed  a  mine.  4.  Metals  such  as  iron,  copper,  etc., 
are  mined  in  the  same  way  as  coal.  5.  Coal  is  the  most 
valuable  agent  of  our  modern  civilization,  for  it  furnishes 


52  WATER 

the  heat  to  produce  the  steam  that  operates  the  engines 
of  factories  in  all  parts  of  the  globe.  6.  Steam  has 
revolutionized  the  present  century,  as  electricity  will  (ha 
de)  revolutionize  the  century  to  come;  but  at  present, 
steam  is  the  principal  source  of  motive  power  to  operate 
the  electric  dynamo,  and  without  steam  we  could  not 
have  electricity  except  in  those  localities  where  the  de- 
scent of  rivers  or  brooks  is  sufficiently  rapid  to  permit 
the  substitution  of  water  power.  7.  In  some  localities 
windmills  are  employed  to  operate  dynamos,  but  this  is 
not  always  practicable  because  the  wind  is  a  variable  fac- 
tor, and  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year  calms  prevail  to 
such  an  extent  that  during  entire  weeks  not  a  single  am- 
pere of  electric  power  could  be  obtained. 

3.  Put  "are  called"  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 

4.  Render  —  In  the  same  way  as  coal,  are  mined,  etc. 

5.  factories :  supply  definite  article. 
7.  to  such  an  extent,  tanto. 


EXERCISE  V 

WATER 

I.  Water  is  one  of  the  most  common  and  at  the  same 
time  one  of  the  most  indispensable  articles  in  (de)  the 
terrestrial  globe.  2.  It  has  the  peculiarity  of  occurring 
naturally  in  all  the  three  forms :  the  solid,  the  liquid  and 
the  gaseous.  3.  No  other  natural  object  is  familiar  to 
us  in  more  than  two  of  these  forms.  4.  Most  of  them 
occur  only  in  one  (nna  sola)  form.  5.  This  is  owing  to 


WATER  53 

the  fact  that  the  temperatures  necessary  to  solidify  and 
vaporize  water  are  not  very  remote.  6.  The  air  which 
we  breathe  can  be  made  liquid  and  even  solid  by  employ- 
ing a  temperature  sufficiently  low  and  a  pressure  suf- 
ficiently great.  7.  The  iron  that  we  see  as  a  solid  metal 
can  be  melted  until  it  runs  like  water ;  but  for  this  a  very 
high  temperature  is  necessary.  8.  Moreover,  this  fluid 
iron  can  be  converted  into  vapor,  but  this  would  require 
a  temperature  beyond  the  conception  of  the  human  mind. 
9.  The  solid  form  of  water  is  called  ice,  the  gaseous  form 
vapor,  and  the  temperatures  necessary  to  produce  these 
two  conditions  have  been  adopted  as  fixed  points  in 
(para)  measuring  the  degrees  of  heat  and  cold  in  other 
objects.  /> 

10.  The  instruments  employed  for  measuring  heat  and 
cold  are  called  thermometers,  n.  Of  these  there  are 
several  systems,  but  the  two  principal  ones  are  that  of 
centigrade  and  that  of  Fahrenheit.  12.  In  the  former 
the  freezing  point  of  water  is  adopted  as  zero,  and  be- 
tween this  and  the  boiling  point  the  scale  is  divided  into 
100  degrees.  13.  In  the  Fahrenheit  system  zero  is  32 
degrees  below  the  freezing  point,  and  the  boiling  point  is 
placed  at  (en)  212  degrees.  14.  This  apparently  arbi- 
trary location  of  the  freezing  point  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
the  inventor  of  the  system  had  discovered  that  by  mixing 
ice  and  common  salt  a  temperature  could  be  obtained 
lower  than  any  hitherto  known,  and  therefore  jumped  to 
the  conclusion  that  (de  que)  this  was  the  lowest  possible 
temperature  and  so  denominated  it  zero.  15.  The  boil- 
ing point  of  water  is  sometimes  termed  the  vaporization 
point,  because  (pues)  when  water  boils  it  is  converted 


54  WATER 

into  steam.  16.  Just  as  steam  is  produced  by  the  effect 
of  heat,  so  it  can  be  reconverted  into  water  by  the  effect 
of  cold.  17.  This  process  is  called  condensing.  18.  If 
in  a  tightly-closed  room  we  put  upon  the  fire  a  kettle  full 
of  water  and  bring  it  to  the  boil,  we  will  see  the  vapor 
rise  and  mingle  with  the  air  until  it  finally  permeates  the 
entire  room,  and  the  kettle  is  left  dry ;  and  in  all  parts  of 
the  room  where  the  steam  touches  any  cold  object,  such 
as  the  metal  of  the  gas  fixtures,  or  door  knobs,  and  more 
especially,  the  window  panes,  which  are  kept  at  a  low 
temperature  by  their  contact  with  the  outer  air,  we  see 
the  steam  settle  in  the  form  of  a  thin  haze  which  soon 
turns  to  drops  of  water. 

19.  We  have  in  this  phenomenon  a  representation  in 
miniature  of  what  is  going  on  every  day  and  every  night 
in  the  great  world  around  us.  20.  When  the  sun's  rays 
strike  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  the  lakes,  and  the  rivers, 
they  vaporize  a  portion  of  the  water  which  ascends  into 
(a)  the  air  to  (para)  form  clouds.  21.  Whenever  these 
clouds,  wafted  along  by  the  wind,  encounter  a  current  of 
air  sufficiently  cold  to  congeal  them,  they  are  converted 
again  into  water  and  descend  upon  the  earth  in  the  form 
of  rain.  22.  Sometimes  it  happens  that  these  drops  of 
water  in  their  descent  encounter  another  current  of  air  of 
a  temperature  below  the  freezing  point,  and  then  they 
fall  upon  the  earth  in  small  globules  of  ice,  which  are 
known  by  the  name  of  hail ;  but  if  the  current  of  air  at 
(de)  a  freezing  temperature,  should  strike  a  cloud  before 
it  has  been  condensed  into  rain-drops,  then  there  occurs 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  phenomena  of  nature :  the  cloud 
itself  is  frozen ;  but  the  vapor  of  which  it  is  composed  is 


WATER  55 

so  thin  that  it  does  not  form  a  solid  mass  of  ice,  but  is 
frozen  into  countless  small  crystals  of  the  most  wonder- 
ful geometric  forms,  which  fall  upon  the  earth  like  so 
many  white  feathers  or  particles  of  wool. 

2.  the  solid,  the  liquid,  etc. :  omit  the  articles. 

4.  occur :  use  existir  for  sake  of  variety. 

5.  to  the  fact  that,  d  qne  (§§  912-913). 

6.  by  employing :  do  not  express  "  by  "  (§  530). 

7.  it  runs :    use  the  infinitive  in  Spanish,  as  there  is  no  change  of 

subject. 

is  necessary :  render  —  is  needed. 
9.    omit  "form"  the  second  time  it  occurs. 

Render —  in  other  objects  the  degrees  of  the  heat  and  of  the  cold. 

10.  Begin  sentence  with  "are  called." 

11.  ones:  not  expressed  in  Spanish  (§  454). 

14.   to  the  fact  that:  see  above  note  to  the  5th  sentence. 

the  inventor  had  discovered:  put  subject  after  compound  gerund. 

by  mixing,  mezcldndose  (§  530). 

any,  ninguna  (§  732>  ')• 

Omit  "and  therefore." 

16.   reconverted:  use  the  construction  with  volver  d  (§§  1187,  816). 
1 8.   we  will  see  the  vapor  rise,  veremos  subirse  el  vapor  (§  1211). 

it  finally  permeates:    use  infinitive,  as  there  is  no  change  of 
subject. 

and  the  kettle  .  .  . :  render  —  being  left  dry  the  kettle. 

such  as,  cotno. 

the  form :  omit  the  article. 

20.  to  form :  supply  alii. 

21.  encounter:  subjunctive  (§  896). 

are  converted  again:  see  note  to  the  i6th  sentence  (§  1187). 

22.  are  known  by  the  name  of,  se  denominan. 

before  it  has  been :   use  infinitive,  as  there  is  no  change  of  sub- 
ject; "it"  should  be  expressed  by  e'sta  (§  460). 
but  is  frozen:  use  congelarse  for  sake  of  variety. 


56  THE  SNOW 


EXERCISE  VI 

THE    SNOW 

1.  The  inhabitants  of  the  intertropical  countries  of  this 
continent  are  entirely  unaware  of  the  resplendent  beauty 
of  a  winter  landscape  in  the  regions  of  the  north. 

2.  It  is  a  winter  day  in  the  country.     3.  The  flowers 
are  dead,  and  the  trees  which  once  were  so  green  now 
raise  their  bare  heads  to  the  winter  storms.     4.  The  air 
is  cold  and  penetrating,  the  sky  is  grey  and  gloomy,  and 
there  is  a  hushed,  expectant  feeling,  a  foreboding  in  the 
atmosphere.     5.  The  animals  and  the  birds  have  sought 
a  shelter  against  the  inclemency  of  the  weather.     6.  They 
know  well  that  the  snow  is  coming.     7.  Soon,  softly  and 
slowly  fall  a   few   flakes,   then  others,  more  and  more 
swiftly,  covering  the  desolate  earth  with  a  white  garment. 

8.  Is  there  anything  more  beautiful  than  such  a  spectacle? 

9.  The  snow  storm  continues  until  a  late  hour  of  the 
night,  and  the  first  rays  of  the  dawn  gild  a  scene  of  mar- 
vellous  beauty.     10.  Everywhere   in   heaps    it   lies,   this 
mass  of  dazzling  purity,  as  yet  untrodden  by  the  foot  of 
man.     u.  It  covers  the  roofs  of  the  houses,  the  trees, 
the  shrubs,  and  the  rays  of  the  rising  sun  striking  it, 
transform  the  crystals  into  innumerable  sparkling  dia- 
monds.      12.    Pitying    the    desolate    earth,    nature    has 
clothed  her  in  a  nuptial  robe,  perhaps  more  beautiful  than 
the  verdure  of  spring. 

13.  Soon  we  hear  the  shouts  of  the  happy  little  ones, 


THE  SNOW  57 

while  they  are  converting  the  snow  into  most  extraordi- 
nary images ;  and  the  merry  sleigh  bells  delight  our  ears. 
14.  Every  one  goes  sleigh-riding;  the  young  men,  accom- 
panied by  (de)  charming  young  ladies,  well  wrapped  in 
(de)  furs,  with  bright  eyes,  and  their  cheeks  glowing 
with  that  radiant  color  that  a  winter's  day  paints  on 
young  faces. 

15.  It  is  glorious  to  dash  through  the  fresh,  bracing 
air,  to  the  music  of  the  sleigh  bells,  the  blue  sky  overhead, 
and  the  spotless  snow  beneath.  16.  It  is  in  such  hours 
that  we  forget  the  cares  of  the  work-a-day  world,  and 
transport  ourselves  to  the  golden  age  of  the  poets,  and 
feel  that  mere  existence  is  happiness. 

17.  The  short  December  day  draws  to  its  close,  and 
the  last  rays  of  the  setting  sun  still  shine  upon  the  snow. 
1 8.  He  sets  in  brilliant  majesty,  crowned  with  clouds  of 
glory,  behind  the  distant  hills,  and  the  pale  light  of  the 
moon  and  stars  now  falls  upon  this  vision  of  celestial 
splendor.  19.  The  voices  of  the  tired  children  have  been 
hushed  in  (con}  sleep,  and  an  occasional  sleigh  bell  alone 
interrupts  the  silence.  Then  these  also  cease,  the  moon 
withdraws  herself,  the  world  is  wrapt  in  sleep,  and  at  last 
the  stars  are  left  alone,  that  still  keep  watch  above  the 
snowy  whiteness  of  the  sleeping  earth. 

3.  are  dead,  han  muerto  (§  1143). 

4.  Render  —  there  is  in  the  atmosphere. 
Supply  como  sifuera  before  "  a  foreboding." 

6.  Render  —  well  they  know  that  comes  the  snow. 

7.  slowly:  apply  termination  -mente  only  to  the  last  adverb  (§  183). 

8.  anything,  nada  (§  732,  a). 

10.  in  heaps  it  lies,  this  .   .   .,  se  halla  amontonada  esta  .  .  . 

11.  Place  the  gerund  before  its  subject  (§  519). 


5  POLITICAL  AND  COMMERCIAL  PROGRESS 

13.  we  hear:  use  impersonal  reflexive  (§  818). 
while  they  are  converting,  al  convert*)-  (§  1209). 
most,  lo  mas:  put  adjective  after  noun. 
merry  sleigh-bells:  place  subject  last. 

14.  with  bright  eyes,  los  ojos  vivos  (§  487). 
1 6.    Render  —  in  such  hours  it  is  when. 

happiness :  supply  indefinite  article. 

18.  celestial  splendor:  supply  indefinite  article. 

19.  sleep:  supply  definite  article, 
are  left,  se  quedan, 

EXERCISE  VII 

POLITICAL    AND    COMMERCIAL    PROGRESS 

i.  In  the  last  half  of  the  present  century,  the  political 
world  has  undergone  a  great  change.  2.  In  Europe, 
France  has  endeavored  for  the  third  time  to  obtain  su- 
premacy, but  has  been  thwarted  more  completely  than  on 
any  previous  occasion.  3.  Germany  and  Italy  have 
respectively  become  unified  as  great  nations,  although 
the  unification  of  Germany  is  less  close  than  that  of  Italy. 
4.  Austria  has  broken  away  from  Germany  and  Italy  to 
unite  under  one  sovereign  with  the  formerly  independent 
kingdom  of  Hungary.  5.  In  Sweden  and  Norway,  the 
union  of  the  two  kingdoms  under  one  king  has  been 
effected  and  has  proved  prosperous;  while  with  regard 
to  Russia  (f.)  and  Poland,  no  such  thing  has  occurred, 
and  the  (este)  latter  country  has  been  wiped  off  from 
the  maps  of  Europe.  6.  Denmark  has  been  crippled  by 
the  loss  of  its  duchies,  and  the  Low  Countries  have  been 
divided  into  two  kingdoms.  7.  The  Ottoman  Empire 
and  Spain  have  lost  on  every  hand;  Greece  and  Servia 


POLITICAL  AND  COMMERCIAL  PROGRESS  59 

(/.)  have  become  independent,  and  nearly  the  same  has 
happened  with  the  Danubian  principalities  and  with 
Egypt;  while  Spain  has  suffered  the  loss  of  all  the  colo- 
nies which  she  formerly  held  in  the  New  World  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  8.  The  power  of  Russia  continues  in  the 
ascendency  in  Europe,  and  has  increased  vastly  in  Asia. 

9.  In  the  other  regions  of  the  world  this  period  has  been 
marked  by  the  marvellous  advance  that  has  been  made  in 
every  clime  by  the  nations  speaking  the  English  tongue. 

10.  In  no  country  has  this  been  more  noteworthy  than  in 
the  independent  Republic  of  the  United  States  of  North 
America  (f.  3.),  which  in  fifty  years  has  quadrupled  its 
population,  and,  following  its  eternal  march  westward, 
has  conquered  mountain  and  prairie,  until  it  covers  one 
unbroken  stretch  from  th£  Atlantic  to  the  Western  Ocean. 

1 1 .  Nay,  more ;  extending  its  territorial  advance,  it  has 
acquired  the  vast  territory  formerly  occupied  by  Russia; 
it  has  extended  its  possessions  to  the  extreme  limits  of 
the  Aleutian  Islands  and  the  Hawaiian  group ;  and  lastly 
has  acquired  from  Spain  the  Philippine  Islands  and  the 
Island  of  Guam  in  the  Pacific,  and  Puerto  Rico  in  the 
Caribbean  Sea;  so  that  now  more  than  one  hundred  and 
sixty  degrees  of  longitude  are  found  between  its, extreme 
eastern  and  its  extreme  western  limits.     12.  In  many  re- 
gions where  formerly  the  shaggy  buffalo  (m.  3.)  and  the 
untamed  redskin  held  undisputed  sway,  are  now  to  be 
found  thriving  cities,  connected  by  railroads,  while  be- 
tween these  stretch  the  vast  grain  fields  of  the  western 
prairies.     13.  Mountain   chains   have   been   tunneled   to 
permit  the  passage  of  railroads;   waterfalls   have  been 
harnessed  to  provide  motive  power  for  (a)  the  factories 


60          POLITICAL  AND  COMMERCIAL  PROGRESS 

that  have  arisen  everywhere  as  if  by  magic;  canals  have 
been  cut,  and  swamp  lands  have  been  reclaimed  to  (para) 
cultivation ;  while  over  all  extends  the  interminable  net- 
work of  telegraph  lines,  which  are  busied  day  and  night 
transmitting  the  thoughts  of  this  untiring  people  (gente). 
14.  Nor  has  the  progress  of  the  southern  half  of  the  con- 
tinent been  less  surprising.  15.  From  the  sequestered 
sand  flats  of  the  gulf  coast,  where  the  red  flamingo  fished 
unmolested  in  the  grey  dawn  of  the  morning,  to  the  bleak 
rocks  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  whose  sole  inhabitants  were 
the  clumsy  penguins,  who  knew  not  the  face  of  man ; 
from  the  snow-capped  peaks  of  the  Andes,  where  blazed 
the  signal  light  of  a  hundred  volcanoes,  to  the  fertile 
plains  of  the  Orinoco  and  the  diamond  fields  of  Brazil, 
the  spirit  of  progress  has  moved  steadily  on. 

2.   the  third:  omit  the  article. 

5.    no  such  thing  has,  tal  cosa  no  ha.  . 

7.  the  same,  lo  mismo. 

9.   that  has  been  made  ...  by  the,  que  han  presentaao  las. 
speaking  the  English  tongue,  del  habla  inglesa. 

10.  which,  la  cual  (§  687,  3). 

until  it  covers :  use  infinitive,  as  there  is  no  change  of  subject. 
One  unbroken  stretch,  nna  extension  superficial. 
from  ...  to,  desde  .  .  .  hasta. 

11.  Render  —  which  Russia  occupied  formerly. 

acquired    from   Spain:     a   patriotic    Spanish   writer   would   say 
arrancado  a  Espana. 

12.  undisputed  sway:  supply  indefinite  article. 

13.  Supply  definite  article  before  mountain-chains,  waterfalls,  magic, 

canals,  motive  power,  swamp  lands,  and  cultivation. 
Over,  par  encima  de. 
day  and  night,  de  dia  y  de  noche. 

14.  Render  —  nor  (tampoco)  has  been  less,  etc. 

15.  Make   " blazed"  plural,   and    render  —  blazed   like   (cual)  signal- 

lights  the  craters,  etc. 


THE  ANCIENT  BRITONS  61 

EXERCISE  VIII 

THE  ANCIENT  BRITONS 

I.  At  (en)  one  time,  long,  long  ago,  all  England  was 
covered  with  forests  and  swamps,  and  the  greater  part  of 
it  was  very  cold  and  misty.  2.  There  were  no  roads,  no 
bridges,  no  streets,  and  no  houses  that  would  merit  the 
name.  3.  A  town  was  a  collection  of  straw-thatched 
huts,  hidden  in  a  thick  wood,  with  a  ditch  all  around,  and 
a  low  wall,  made  of  mud,  or  the  trunks  of  trees  placed  one 
upon  (encima  de)  another.  4.  The  people  planted  very 
little  grain,  but  lived  upon  the  flesh  of  their  cattle  and 
their  flocks.  5.  They  made  no  coins,  but  (sino  que)  used 
metal  rings  for  money.  6.  They  made  boats  of  basket- 
work,  covered  with  skins  of  animals,  but  seldom  ventured 
far  from  the  shore.  7.  The  ancient  Britons,  being  divided 
into  thirty  or  forty  tribes,  each  commanded  by  its  own 
king,  were  constantly  fighting  with  one  another,  and  the 
offensive  weapons  which  they  used  were  swords  made  of 
an  alloy  of  copper  and  tin,  shields,  daggers,  and  spears. 
8.  They  were  very  fond  of  horses.  9.  The  standard  of 
Kent  was  the  picture  of  a  white  horse.  10.  They  could 
manage  them  well,  and  the  horses  were  so  well  taught  in 
those  days  that  they  understood  and  obeyed  every  word 
of  command ;  and  would  stand  still  amid  the  din  of  battle, 
while  their  riders  went  to  fight  on  foot. 

ii.  The  Britons  had  a  strange  and  terrible  religion, 
called  the  religion  of  the  Druids.  12.  It  seems  to  have 
been  a  mixture  of  the  worship  of  the  serpent,  and  of 


62  THE  ANCIENT  BRITONS 

the  sun  and  moon,  with  that  of  some  of  the  heathen  gods 
and  goddesses.  13.  The  Druids  professed  a  kind  of  ven-\ 
eration  for  (por)  the  oak,  and  for  the  mistletoe — the  same 
plant  that  we  hang  up  in  our  houses  at  Christmas-time, 
when  (a  cuya  cpoca)  its  white  berries  grow  upon  the  oak 
and  the  apple  tree.  14.  They  met  together  in  dark  woods 
which  they  called  Sacred  Groves ;  and  there  they  in- 
structed, in  their  mysterious  arts,  young  men  who  some- 
times stayed  with  them  for  twenty  years. 

15.  In  the  old  days,  the  stormy  sea  roared  around 
England,  as  it  roars  now,  the  foaming  waves  dashed 
furiously  against  its  cliffs,  and  the  bleak  winds  blew  over 
(por  entre)  its  forests;  but  the  winds  and  waves  brought 
no  adventurers,  nor  was  the  sea  alive  with  great  ships 
and  brave  sailors,  sailing  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 

i.    long,  long  ago,  muy  remota  de  la  nuestra. 

6.  ventured  far  from,   eran  bastante  emprendedores  para  apartarse 

lejos  de. 

7.  Put  compound  gerund  at  beginning  of  phrase. 
9.    was  the  picture  of,  llevaba  representado. 

10.  they  could,  sabian  (§  1179). 

Render  —  they  understood  every  word  of  command  and  obeyed  it 

(§  1449)- 
would  stand,  se  quedaban.     (In  Spanish  the  imperfect  takes  the 

place  of  "would"  to  express  custom.     See  §  468.) 
12.    it  seems  to  have  been,  parecia  ser. 

heathen:  make  adjective  masculine  plural  (§  149). 

14.  young  men:  supply  definite  article. 

15.  furiously:  use  adjective  instead  of  adverb  (§  1411). 

the  winds  and  the  waves  brought,  no  traian  los  vientos  ni  (§  748) 

las  olas. 

no  adventurers,  aventurero  alguno  (§  172). 
parts,  los  juntos. 


THE  BATTLE  OF  HASTINGS  63 

EXERCISE  IX 

THE  BATTLE  OF  HASTINGS 

i.  In  the  month  of  October,  in  the  year  1076,  the  Nor- 
mans and  the  English  came  front  to  front  at  (en)  Senlac, 
where  still  remain  the  grey  ruins  of  an  abbey,  called 
"Battle  Abbey"  in  remembrance  of  them.  2.  At  the 
break  of  day  the  two  armies  arose.  3.  There  in  the 
faint  light  of  dawn,  were  the  English  on  a  hill,  and  in 
their  midst  the  royal  banner,  representing  a  warrior, 
woven  in  (de)  golden  thread,  and  adorned  with  (de) 
precious  stones.  4.  Beneath  the  banner  stood  King  Har- 
old with  two  of  his  brothers,  and  around  them,  silent  as 
the  dead,  clustered  the  soldiers  —  each  covered  by  his 
shield  and  grasping  in  his  hand  the  dreaded  battle-axe. 

5.  On  an  opposite  (otra)  hill,  drawn  up  in  three  divi- 
sions, archers,  foot-soldiers,  horsemen,  was  (se  veian) 
the  Norman  force.  6.  Of  a  sudden  a  great  battle-cry, 
"God  aid  us !"  burst  from  the  Norman  lines.  7.  The 
English  answered  with  their  own  battle-cry,  "God's 
Rood !  Holy  Rood !"  8.  The  Normans  then  descended 
(bajaron  por)  the  hill  to  attack  the  English.  9.  The 
latter  cared  nothing  for  the  showers  of  Norman  arrows, 
but  (sino  que)  cut  down  the  horsemen,  as  (cual)  the  tor- 
nado levels  the  young  trees  of  the  forest.  10.  Duke 
William  pretended  to  retreat,  and  the  eager  English  fol- 
lowed, ii.  The  Norman  army  closed  again,  and  fell 
upon  them  with  great  slaughter. 

12.  The  sun  rose  and  sank,  and  the  battle  still  raged. 
13.  Through  (durante)  all  that  wild  October  day,  the 


64  THE  BA  TTLE  OF  HASTINGS 

clash  and  din  of  arms  resounded  in  the  air.  14.  In  the 
red  sunset,  and  in  the  white  moonlight,  heaps  upon  heaps 
of  dead  men  lay  (sc  hallaban)  strewn  upon  (par)  the 
ground.  15.  King  Harold,  wounded  with  (de)  an  arrow 
was  now  (ya)  almost  blind.  16.  Twenty  Norman 
Knights,  whose  battered  armor  had  flashed  golden  in 
the  sunshine  and  now  looked  silvery  in  the  moonlight, 
dashed  forward  to  seize  the  Royal  banner  from  the  Eng- 
lish soldiers,  who  still  gathered  around  their  blinded 
king.  17.  King  Harold  received  a  mortal  wound,  and 
fell.  1 8.  The  Normans  rallied  and  the  day  was  won. 

19.  Ah!  (ay)  what  a  sight  beneath  the  moon  and  stars, 
when  lights  shone  out  in  the  tent  of  the  victorious  Duke 
William,  in  which  he  and  his  knights  were  carousing, 
and,  without,  soldiers  with  torches  were  seeking  for  the 
corpse  of  Harold ;  while  the  Warrior-Standard  lay  torn 
and  stained  with  blood,  and  the  three  Norman  Lions 
haughtily  kept  watch  over  the  mournful  field  of  desola- 
tion and  ruin ! 

i.   in  the  year,  del  ano  de,  or,  merely,  de. 
came,  se  encontraron. 

3.  dawn :  supply  the  definite  article, 
representing :  render  —  that  represented. 

4.  as  the  dead,  como  muertos. 

5.  force :  plural  in  Spanish. 

7.  the  English  answered,  Ics  contestaron  los  Inglcses. 
10.  and  the  eager  English,  etc.,  y  le  siguieron  los,  etc. 
n.  closed  again,  volvio  d  cerrar  (§  1187). 

1 6.  golden,  como  el  oro. 

17.  fell:  supply  "to  the  ground." 

1 8.  Render  —  and  \von  the  day. 

19.  a  sight:  omit  the  article  (§  431). 
beneath,  adarado  dc.     in  which,  en  donde. 
haughtily:  use  adjective  instead  of  adverb  (§  1411). 


GRANADA  65 


EXERCISE  X 

GRANADA 

i.  "The  Moorish  territory  of  Granada  contained,  with- 
in a  circuit  of  about  one  hundred  and  eighty  leagues,  all 
the  physical  resources  of  a  great  empire.  2.  Its  broad 
valleys  were  (se  veian)  intersected  by  mountains  rich  in 
mineral  wealth,  and  its  pastures  were  watered  by  abun- 
dant fountains.  3.  In  the  midst  of  this  favored  region, 
crowning  the  whole,  as  with  a  diadem,  rose  the  beautiful 
city  of  Granada.  4.  In  the  days  of  the  Moors,  it  was  en- 
compassed by  a  wall,  with  a  thousand  and  thirty  towers, 
and  seven  portals.  5.  On  the  summit  of  one  of  the  hills 
of  the  city  was  (se  hallaba)  the  royal  palace  of  the  Alham- 
bra  (/.),  which  has  been  so  celebrated  in  song  and  story. 
6.  The  light  and  elegant  architecture  of  this  edifice, 
whose  magnificent  ruins  still  remain  the  most  interesting 
monument  in  (dc)  Spain  for  the  contemplation  of  the 
traveler,  shows  the  great  advancement  undergone  by  the 
art  since  the  construction  of-  the  celebrated  mosque  of 
Cordova.  7.  Its  graceful  porticos  and  colonnades,  its 
domes  and  ceilings,  which  in  that  transparent  atmosphere, 
have  lost  nothing  of  their  original  splendor,  its  airy  halls, 
so  constructed  as  to  admit  the  perfume  (m.)  of  the  thou- 
sand surrounding  gardens,  and  its  fountains  which  still 
(todavia)  shed  their  refreshing  coolness  over  the  deserted 
courts,  manifest  the  taste,  opulence  and  Sybarite  luxury 
of  its  inhabitants.  8.  The  streets  were  narrow,  the 
houses  tall,  with  turrets  of  marble  or  larch,  and  with  cor- 


66  GRANADA 

nices  of  shining  metal,  'that  glittered  like  stars  through 
(por  entre)  the  dark  foliage  of  the  orange  groves';  and 
the  whole  has  been  compared  to  (con)  'an  enamelled  vase, 
full  of  hyacinths  and  sparkling  with  emeralds.'  9.  Such 
are  the  words  in  which  the  Arabic  writers  fondly  des- 
cant on  the  glories  of  Granada. 

10.  At  the  foot  of  this  fabric  of  the  genii  lay  the  plain 
or  vega,  so  celebrated  as  the  arena  where,  for  more  than 
two  centuries  Christian  and  Moorish  chivalry  fought, 
ii.  The  Arabs  exhausted  on  it  all  their  agricultural 
knowledge,  and  distributed  the  waters  of  the  Xenil,  which 
flowed  through  (por)  it,  into  a  thousand  channels  for  its 
more  perfect  irrigation.  12.  A  constant  succession  of 
fruits  and  crops  was  obtained  throughout  (por  todo)  the 
year.  13.  The  products  of  the  most  remote  latitudes 
were  transplanted  there  with  success ;  and  the  hemp  of 
the  north  grew  luxuriant  under  the  shadow  of  the  vine 
and  the  olive." 

PRESCOTT,  "Ferdinand  and  Isabella." 

1.  Render  —  within  .  .  .  leagues  contained  the  .  .  .  Granada  all,  etc. 

2.  were,  se  vcian. 

3.  the  whole,  lo  todo  (§  6n). 

5.  SO  =  so  much,  tanto. 

song  and  story :  put  both  in  plural. 

6.  Render  —  the  magnificent  ruins  of  this  edifice  remain  still  as  the 

monument  most  interesting  .  .  .  traveler,  and  its  architecture 
light  and  elegant  shows  .  .  .  advancement  which  had  under- 
gone the  art  since,  etc. 

7.  Render  —  the  taste  .  .  .  inhabitants  are  manifested  in  its  grace- 

ful, etc.  (repeat  en  throughout). 
so  constructed  as  to,  construidas  para. 

8.  stars:  supply  definite  article. 
the  whole,  el  todo  (§  616). 


AUTUMN  67 

10.  lay,  se  hallaba  desplegada. 
more  than,  mds  de  (§  543). 
Render  —  fought  the  .  .  .  chivalry. 

11.  exhausted  on  it,  le prodigaron. 

Render  —  and  for  its  ...  irrigation  distributed   into  .  .  .  chan- 
nels the  waters,  etc. 

12.  Put  verb  first. 

13.  Put  "were  transplanted"  first. 


EXERCISE  XI 
AUTUMN 

i.  We  may  soon  expect  the  weather  to  become  stormy. 
2.  The  equinoctial  gales  are  approaching.  3.  This  time 
is  always  very  bad  for  sailors.  4.  Last  year  about  this 
time  we  had  several  shocking  acccoimts  in  the  papers 
about  the  different  shipwrecks  caused  by  (de)  the  equi- 
noctial gales.  5.  I  hope  we  shall  have  a  fine  autumn,  the 
summer  having  been  so  exceedingly  wet.  6.  The  other 
day,  I  made  a  little  visit  to  (a  casa  de)  a.  friend  of  mine 
in  (que  reside  en)  the  country,  and  wras  astonished  to  see 
the  condition  of  the  fields.  7.  The  farmers  complain 
terribly  everywhere.  8.  The  summer  last  year  was  very 
fine  indeed,  but  this  year  we  have  had  an  extraordinary 
quantity  of  rain.  9.  A  great  deal  of  hay  was  spoiled  by 
the  constant  rain.  10.  Sometimes  the  month  of  Sep- 
tember is  exceedingly  fine,  and  perhaps  it  will  be  so  this 
year.  n.  I  am  sure  the  farmers  and  everyone  would  be 
thankful.  12.  Last  year,  the  heat  in  September  was 
much  greater  than  it  had  been  the  whole  summer.  13.  I 


68  AUTUMN 

remember,  it  was  almost  insupportable  at  the  beginning 
of  the  month.  14.  Many  horses  fell  down  dead  on  (en) 
the  road,  owing  to  the  excessive  heat.  15.  I  fear  we  can- 
not expect  such  a  fine  autumn  this  year ;  we  must  be  con- 
tented with  a  few  fine  days  now  and  then.  16.  The  morn- 
ings begin  to  be  very  cold.  17.  We  shall  soon  be  obliged 
to  have  fires  again.  18.  The  leaves  begin  to  drop  from 
the  trees.  19.  Yes,  they  do;  but  at  present  the  variety 
of  colors  affords  a  very  pretty  sight.  20.  I  am  exceed- 
ingly fond  of  an  autumnal  landscape.  21.  I  almost  pre- 
fer it  to  (mas  que)  the  fresh  green  in  (de)  spring.  22. 
The  days  are  getting  very  short;  it  is  almost  dark  at 
five  o'clock.  23.  Have  you  had  fires  already?  24.  Yes, 
we  have  warmed  our  rooms  for  several  weeks.  25.  It 
would  be  too  chilly  and  too  uncomfortable  without  fires. 
26.  We  have  had  frosts  several  nights.  27.  We  shall 
soon  have  the  shortest  days.  28.  When  does  the  sun  rise 
and  set  at  present?  29.  I  do  not  know  exactly.  30.  I 
think  it  must  rise  about  seven  o'clock  and  set  about  five 
o'clock.  31.  You  can  easily  ascertain  it  by  (con)  look- 
ing into  the  almanac.  32.  I  wish  it  were  Christmas  al- 
ready, for  (pnes)  then  the  days  begin  to  lengthen,  and 
the  weather  is  generally  more  settled  after  Christmas 
than  (de  lo  que  es)  in  the  months  of  November  and 
December.  33.  Besides  there  is  something  cheering  in 
the  idea  of  approaching  spring  again.  34.  One  bears 
what  is  disagreeable  more  cheerfully,  if  one  knows  it  will 
soon  be  at  an  end. 

Adapted  from  a  conversational  exercise  in 
"  Cours  gradue  de  langue  anglaise,"  par 
H.  Plate.  Dresde,  L.  Ehlermann,  1871. 


(A  i 


AUTUMN  69 

1.  Put  "soon"  after  "become." 

2.  are  approaching,  se  nos  acercan  (begin  sentence  with  this  phrase). 

3.  time,  estacion  ((tempo  would  mean  "weather"). 

4.  Render  —  we  had  in  the  newspapers  several. 
gales :  use  viento  for  sake  of  variety. 

5.  the  summer  having  been:  render  —  because  the  summer  was  (do 

not  express  "so"). 

6.  I  was  astonished  to,  me  sorprendi  al. 
8.    Render  —  the  summer  of  the  last  year. 

11.  I  am  sure:  supply  de  qiie  (§  913);  supply  also  "if  that  were  so," 

si  f^lera  asi. 

would  be  thankful,  se  alegraria  mucho.      (Why  make  this  verb 
singular?     See  §  1461,  i.) 

12.  the  heat  .  .  .  was  much  greater,  hizo  mucho  mas  calor  (§  881). 
than  it  had  been,  de  lo  que  hizo  (§  541). 

the  whole  summer:  prefix  "during." 

13.  remember:  supply  "that." 

at  the  beginning  of,  a  primeros  de  (§  395). 

14.  owing  to,  siendo  esto  debido  d. 

15.  fear:  supply  "that." 
can :  use  future  tense. 

Render  —  this  year  expect  an  autumn  so  fine. 
Put  adverb  of  time  immediately  after  verb. 

16.  Render  —  it  begins  to  be  very  cold  in  the  morning. 

17.  to  have  fires  again,  volver  d  encender  lumbre. 

19.  they  do,  es  verdad. 
affords,  nos  proporciona. 

20.  exceedingly  fond  of,  muy  aficionado  d. 
landscape :  put  in  the  plural. 

22.  Put  subject  last. 

23.  fires:  singular  in  Spanish. 

24.  for  several  weeks:  see  §  875. 

Consider  "rooms"  as  subject  of  verb;  do  not  repeat  "to." 

25.  fires:  see  note  above. 

26.  we  have  had:  see  §  875. 

29.  know:  supply  "it." 

30.  I  think  it  must  rise,  se  levantard  (§  1195). 
about :  use  a'cerca  de  and  d  cosa  de  as  synonyms, 


WINTER 


33.  approaching  spring  again :  render  —  the  return  of  the  spring. 

34.  what  is  disagreeable:   use  neuter  article  with  adjective  (§  224). 
will  soon,  pronto  ha  de. 


EXERCISE  XII 

WINTER 

I.  Cold  winter  is  coming  on  again  with  all  its  inflic- 
tions. 2.  The  cold  wind  has  completely  stripped  the 
trees  and  shrubs.  3.  How  (que)  dismal  the  forest  looks 
now  compared  with  the  sight  it  afforded  us  a  few  months 
ago  (hd).  4.  Yes,  it  is  very  pleasant  now  to  have  a  nice, 
comfortable  fire  in  one's  (su)  room.  5.  The  wind  is 
very  high.  6.  It  blows  quite  a  storm.  7.  I  am  afraid  it 
will  occasion  a  great  deal  of  damage  at  (en  el)  sea.  8. 
There  is  also  a  sleet  falling,  which  makes  walking  ex- 
tremely disagreeable.  9.  In  some  countries,  Russia,  for 
instance,  they  have  had  a  severe  frost,  and  in  Scotland 
there  has  been  a  great  fall  of  snow.  10.  It  is  freezing 
to-night,  ii.  The  sleet  is  frozen  to  the  ground;  it  is 
scarcely  possible  to  walk.  12.  How  changeable  the 
weather  is!  13.  A  short  time  ago  we  had  a  clear  sky, 
and  now  it  begins  to  snow  in  great  flakes.  14. 1  hope  the 
snow  will  not  be  so  deep  this  winter  as  it  was  last  winter. 
15.  The  boys  are  beginning  to  play  at  snowball.  16. 
Each  season  affords  them  its  peculiar  pleasures.  17.  Do 
you  see  the  sleighs  driving  past?  18.  How  fine  they 
look,  and  how  pretty  the  bells  sound.  19.  It  is  a  great 
pleasure  to  drive  along  in  a  sleigh  with  the  swiftness  of 


WINTER  J  71 

the  wind.  20.  We  shall  soon  have  the  river  frozen,  if 
this  weather  continues.  21.  Are  you  fond  of  skating? 
22.  O  yes,  passionately  fond  of  it  (eso).  23.  It  is  my 
greatest  (principal)  amusement  in  (durante)  winter. 
24.  Are  there  good  skaters  at  (en)  X.?  25.  Yes,  a  great 
many  elegant  and  skilful  skaters,  who  can  cut  all  sorts  of 
figures  on  (en)  the  ice,  and  assume  the  most  graceful 
and  difficult  attitudes.  26.  Wherever  there  is  plenty  of 
ice,  you  will  always  find  good  skaters.  27.  It  is  a  great 
misfortune  that  some  people  are  too  daring  and  venture 
on  (en)  the  ice  before  (antes  de  que)  it  can  bear.  28. 
Many  accidents  happen  from  (a  causa  de)  the  breaking 
of  the  ice.  29.  Your  friend  Brown  nearly  met  with  an 
accident  last  year ;  do  you  remember  it  ?  30.  No,  what 
was  it?  31.  When  skating  under  (por  debajo  de)  a 
bridge  the  ice  broke  and  let  him  in.  32.  How  did  he  get 
out?  33.  The  ice  all  around  being  thick,  his  companions 
pulled  him  out  with  his  stick.  34.  Do  you  notice  the 
icicles  on  (en)  the  houses  opposite  (de  enf rente)  ?  35. 
It  is  freezing  now  very  sharp.  36.  That  I  could  imagine, 
for  the  fire  burns  so  very  clear.  37.  Although  it  is  not 
yet  five  o'clock,  it  is  almost  dark ;  the  days  shut  down 
very  early  now.  38.  Tell  James  to  light  the  gas  and 
poke  the  fire.  39.  Tell  him  also  to  fasten  down  the  cellar 
skylight,  lest  the  frost  get  at  the  wine.  40.  The  ice  is 
now  nearly  nine  inches  thick.  41.  There  is  no  danger  of 
falling  in  (al  agua)  now.  42.  Don't  say  so  (eso)  ;  there 
are  always  some  dangerous  places,  let  the  ice  be  ever  so 
thick;  and  young  people  very  seldom  have  patience  to 
(de)  explore  such  places.  43.  It  is  astonishing  how  im- 
prudent young  people  are.  44.  They  think  only  of  the 


72  WINTER 

present  moment,  and  seldom  look  into  futurity.  45,  The 
weather  has  become  cloudy;  I  think  it  is  beginning  to 
thaw.  46.  Yes,  it  is  quite  sloppy  in  the  streets.  47.  The 
sweepers  ought  to  clean  the  snow  from  the  streets;  they, 
are  abominably  dirty  just  now.  48.  What  a  sudden 
change  in  (de)  the  weather.  49.  There  is  quite  a  thick 
fog.  50.  Foggy  weather  is  the  most  disagreeable  of  all. 
51.  It  begins  to  get  colder  again;  we  shall  have  hoar- 
frost. 52.  The  cold  is  insupportable  to-day;  it  is  ten 
degrees  below  (bajo)  zero.*  53.  There  is  no  feeling 
comfortable  but  (a  no  ser  que  sea)  by  the  fireside.  54.  I 
beg  your  pardon ;  if  you  were  to  take  a  long,  brisk  walk, 
you  would  find  yourself  warm  enough,  I  have  no  doubt. 
55.  The  frost  is  so  piercing  that  fires  are  indispensable. 

Adapted  from  a  conversational  exercise  in 
"Cours  gradue  de  langue  anglaise,"  par 
H.  Plate.  Dresde,  L.  Ehlermann,  1871. 

I.    COld  winter,  el  invierno  con  sus  hielos. 
6.    quite  a,  cast  como. 

8.  there  is  falling,  cae  (put  this  first). 
a  sleet :  omit  article. 

makes  walking,  pone  el  piso. 

9.  Russia:  repeat  preposition  "in." 

13.  we  had  a:  render  —  the  sky  was. 

Render  —  and  now  begin  to  fall  great  flakes  of  snow. 

14.  will  not  be:  use  present  subjunctive. 
as  it  was,  como  lofu/  (§  341). 

17.   driving  past:  use  infinitive  (§§  553,  1211). 

19.  to  drive  along,  andar. 

a  sleigh :  omit  the  article. 

20.  Render  —  if  continues  this  weather  we  shall  have  soon  frozen 

the  river. 

*  This  means  zero  Centigrade  =  32°  Fahrenheit. 


WINTER  73 

22.    0  yes,  si  senor. 

26.  is:  subjunctive  (§  896). 

you  will  find,  se  encuentran  (§  818). 

27.  are:  subjunctive  (§  891). 

can  bear:  supply  "them";  use  subjunctive  (§  910). 

28.  Put  verb  first. 

29.  your  friend  Brown  nearly,  poco  falto  para  que  el  amigo  de  V.% 

Moreno,  followed  by  past  subjunctive. 
31.    the  ice  broke,  rompiose  el  hielo  (§  1370). 

let  him  in :  render  —  let  him  fall  into  (d)  the  water. 
35.    very  sharp,  de  una  manera  atroz. 
39.    lest  the  frost  get  at,  para  que  el  hielo  no  eche  d  perder. 

42.  let  the  ice  ...  thick,  par  espeso  que  sea  el  hielo. 
patience  :  supply  definite  article. 

43.  astonishing:  supply  "to  note." 

how  imprudent  .  .  .  are,  lo  imprudentes  qtte  son,  etc.  (§  1359). 

46.  Render  —  the  streets  are  very  sloppy. 

47.  to  clean,  llevarse. 

Render  —  from  the  streets  the  snow. 

49.  Render  —  a  fog  quite  thick. 

50.  all :  plural  in  Spanish. 

51.  hoar-frost:  supply  indefinite  article. 

52.  the  COld  is  .   .   .,  hace  unfrio  .  .  . 
it  is,  la  temperatura  es  de  (§  353). 

53.  Render  —  it  is  impossible  to  be  comfortable. 

54.  you  .  .  .  enough:    Render  —  you   would   have   enough    warmth 

(§  75). 
I  have  no  doubt,  sin  duda. 


74  SPRING 

EXERCISE  XIII 

SPRING 

i.  I  have  a  great  longing  for  spring  again;  it  is  the 
most  pleasant  of  all  seasons.  2.  Yes,  I  like  it  best  too. 
3.  Though  we  are  in  the  middle  of  March,  we  have 
scarcely  had  any  spring  weather;  it  is  still  as  cold  as  it 
was  in  February.  4.  The  season  is  very  backward.  5. 
There  is  hardly  any  flower  to  be  found,  not  even  crocuses, 
or  (ni)  violets.  6.  How  suddenly  the  weather  has 
changed;  it  was  quite  (casi)  a  summer's  day  to-day.  7. 
Everything  seems  to  leap  into  existence.  8.  All  nature 
is  smiling  again.  9.  Did  you  notice  how  beautiful  all  the 
trees  in  (de)  our  neighbor's  orchard  look?  10.  All  the 
fruit-trees  are  in  full  blossom,  n.  If  the  weather  con- 
tinues so  favorable,  we  shall  have  plenty  of  fruit  this 
year.  12.  I  should  be  glad  of  that;  for  (porque)  last 
year  we  had  scarcely  any  fruit  at  all ;  at  least  all  the  stone- 
fruit  failed  entirely.  13.  How  delightful  it  is  now  in  the 
country!  14.  The  air  is  quite  reviving  after  having 
lived  so  long  in  town.  15.  How  fragrant  everything 
smells !  16.  How  warm  it  was  this  morrfing,  and  how 
lovely  the  sky  looked  when  (mientras)  the  sun  was  ris- 
ing! 17.  The  dew  was  very  heavy  on  the  grass  this 
morning,  and  when  the  first  rays  of  the  sun  fell  upon  the 
dew-drops,  they  looked  like  diamonds.  18.  It  was  a 
sight  worth  getting  up  early  in  the  morning  for.  19. 
Are  you  fond  of  rising  early?  20.  Yes,  I  am,  particu- 
larly in  summer.  21.  I  consider  the  early  hours  of  the 


SPRING  75 

morning  the  best  part  of  the  whole  day.  22.  Everything 
looks  so  refreshed.  23.  The  birds  sing  then  their  most 
joyous  carols.  24.  What  a  pity  it  is  that  so  many  people 
should  never  enjoy  the  pleasures  of  the  early  morning. 
25.  Look  at  that  white  thorn  in  the  hedges.  26.  It  looks 
quite  ornamental,  and  how  beautifully  (dulce)  it  smells. 
27.  See,  they  are  going  to  cut  the  grass  already.  28.  It 
has  grown  very  fast.  29.  The  crop  appears  likely  to  be 
very  fine.  30.  It  must  (debe)  be  hard  work  for  the 
mowers.  31.  How  well  they  keep  time  with  their 
strokes.  32.  It  is  really  a  pretty  sight.  33.  The  hay- 
makers in  (que  estdn  en)  the  next  field  seem  to  be  very 
merry.  34.  Hay-making  is  a  delightful  occupation.  35. 
The  hay  is  nearly  ready  to  be  housed.  36.  How  promis- 
ing the  corn  looks  in  the  field.  37.  In  some  places  it  has 
been  laid  by  the  rain,  but  the  present  dry  weather  will,  I 
hope,  recover  it.  38.  Hark,  what  strange  noise  was  that  ? 
39.  It  is  a  cuckoo.  Have  you  never  heard  one  (ningu- 
no)  ?  40.  Never  in  my  life.  I  should  like  to  see  one. 
41.  The  late  showers  have  been  very  refreshing.  42. 
They  will  very  much  improve  the  harvest.  43.  In  sev- 
eral parts  of  the  country  the  weather  is  said  to  have  been 
very  dry.  44.  Yes,  in  traveling  through  (por)  the  coun- 
try a  few  weeks  ago  I  perceived  that  the  ground  was 
quite  parched.  45.  Yesterday  afternoon  it  was  very  sul- 
try, and  the  sky  looked  very  lowering.  46.  I  really 
thought  we  should  have  a  thunderstorm.  47.  It  did  look 
very  lowering,  and  I  dare  say  there  was  heavy  rain  at 
some  distance,  for  (puesto  que)  the  air  felt  much  cooler 
afterwards.  48.  The  evening  (noche)  was  most  lovely; 
I  never  saw  a  finer  tint  than  at  sunset.  49.  After  supper 


7  6  SPRING 

we  took  a  short  walk  through  (por)  the  park.  50.  The 
birds  were  so  musical  that  our  walk  was  most  delightful. 
51.  The  storm,  I  suppose,  kept  you  at  home  this  after- 
noon. 52.  Of  course ;  who  would  think  of  going  out  in 
(con)  such  weather?  53.  The  hail  was  tremendously 
heavy,  and  the  thunder  louder  than  I  ever  remember  to 
have  heard  it.  54.  The  flashes  of  lightning  were  ex- 
ceedingly vivid,  so  much  so  that  the  whole  town  seemed 
to  be  on  fire.  55.  You  have  heard,  I  suppose,  that  Mr. 
Blanco's  house  has  been  struck?  56.  Yes,  I  understand 
the  chimney  has  been  damaged.  57.  The  heavy  rain  has 
swollen  the  river  so  much  that  the  banks  have  given  way 
and  several  meadows  have  been  overflowed.  58.  The 
number  of  accidents  from  lightning  has  caused  the  use 
of  lightning-rods  to  be  very  general  59.  Yes,  and  even 
on  (a  bordo  de)  ships  they  are  almost  universally  adopted, 
and  have  proved  to  be  very  beneficial. 

Adapted  from  a  conversational  exercise  in 
"Cours  gradue  de  langue  anglaise,"  par 
H.  Plate.  Dresde,  L.  Ehlermann,  1871. 

1.  spring  again:  render —  the  return  of  the  spring. 
Render  — ^  of  all  the  seasons  is  it  the  most,  etc. 

2.  Render  —  it  is  the  one  that  most  pleases  me  also;  (notice  that  the 

objective  pronoun  is  emphatic,  §  310). 

3.  as  it  was,  como  lo  hacia. 

5.  is  ...  to  be :  render  —  can  be. 

6.  it  was  .  .  .  to-day :  render  —  to-day  has  been. 
13.    it  is  now,  es  estar  ahora. 

1 6.  hOW  warm  it  was,  que  de  calor  hacia. 

17.  Render  —  and   seemed    diamonds    the   drops   of   dew   when   the 

first,  etc. 

18.  Render  —  a  sight  that  was  worth  while  that  we  should  get  up 

early  to  (para)  see  it. 


SPRING  77 

20.  Yes,  I  am,  st,  que  me  gusta. 

29.  Render  —  it  vs.  probable  that  the  crop  be  (subjunctive). 

33.  Put  "seem  to  be  very  merry"  first. 

35.  is  ready  to  be  housed,  estd para  (§  512)  almacenar. 

36.  Render  —  the  corn  in  (de)  the  field  seems  to  promise  much. 

37.  Render  —  but  I  hope  that  the  present,  etc. 

38.  Render  —  what  is  that  strange  noise  ?  (what  =  cual,  §  427). 

43.  Render  —  it  is  said  that  the  weather  has  been  very  dry  in,  etc. 

44.  in  traveling,  al  viajar  (§  1209). 

47.  felt :  render  —  we  felt  the  air  much,  etc. 

48.  was  most  lovely,  era  de  las  mds  divinas  (§  578). 
finer  tint :  plural  in  Spanish. 

than,  de  las  (§  542)  que  se  dibujaban. 

50.  most  delightful:  render  —  of  the  most  delightful  (§  578). 

51.  Render  —  I  suppose  that  the  storm,  etc. 
kept:  use  imperfect  subjunctive. 

53.  Render  —  there  was  a  terrible  fall  of  hail,  and  I  never  remember 

having  heard  thunder  so  loud. 

54.  were  ...  so  much  so  that :  render  —  were  so  vivid  that,  etc. 

55.  Render  —  I  suppose  that  you  have  heard  that. 

Mr.  B.'s  .  .  .  struck:  render  —  the  lightning  (el  rayo)  has  fallen 

on  (en)  the  house  of,  etc. 
58.   the  number  of :  render  —  the  many. 
from  lightning,  causados  por  el  rayo. 
Render  —  have  made  very  general  the  use  of  the,  etc. 


7$  A  FIRE  IN  A  WASHINGTON  SUBURB 

EXERCISE  XIV 

A  FIRE  IN  A  WASHINGTON   SUBURB 

WASHINGTON,  Sunday,  November  12,  1899. 

I.  My  dear  Jennie: 

Thank  you  for  sending  such  a  nice 

letter  to  jog  the  memory  of  your  lazy  correspondent.  2. 
Instead  of  making  excuses  for  my  idleness,  I  will  try  to 
return  your  kindness  as  well  as  I  am  able. 

3.  We  had  quite  a  scare  last  night.  4.  There  was  a  fire 
real  near  here.  5.  We  were  all  sitting  in  the  parlor,  play- 
ing cards,  and  Mrs.  Allison  had  just  said  that  it  was  time 
to  go  to  bed,  when  I  heard  what  seemed  like  a  very  heavy 
cart  rattling  past  the  door  at  full  speed.  6.  "What  \que 
cosa)  can  that  be,"  cried  I,  "that  comes  driving  along  at 
such  a  rate?"  7.  "A  fire-engine,  I  should  imagine,  by 
the  noise,"  replied  Dr.  Allison.  "Come !  let's  go  out  and 
(a)  see  what  is  the  matter."  8.  We  were  down-stairs  in 
a  jiffy,  and  we  saw  people  running  towards  the  corner, 
where  a  considerable  crowd  had  already  collected.  9. 
You  will  remember  that  I  told  you  in  one  of  my  letters 
that  we  are  living  at  (en)  Eckington,  a  suburb  of  the 
capital  (/.),  and  most  of  the  houses  are  built  of  wood. 
10.  There  is  a  law  prohibiting  the  building  of  frame 
houses  within  the  city  limits. 

ii.  When  we  got  to  the  corner  the  firemen  were  un- 
rolling the  hose  from  the  reel  and  policemen  were  stretch- 
ing ropes  to  keep  back  the  crowd  (gente).  12.  Soon,  two 
or  three  more  engines  and  reeta  came  up  at  full  gallop, 


A  FIRE  IN  A  WASHINGTON  SUBURB  79 

followed  by  (de)  a  hook-and-ladder  truck.  13.  We  saw 
the  flames  shining  in  an  upper  room  of  a  large  house  near 
the  corner;  they  presently  broke  the  windows  and  burst 
out  with  great  fury  and  a  volume  of  smoke.  14.  The 
engines  played  upon  them,  but  (mas)  in  vain;  the  fire 
gained  rapidly.  15.  The  courage  and  activity  of  the  fire- 
men were  wonderful.  16.  Some  of  them  climbed  up  on 
the  roof  and  cut  through  the  shingles  with  their  axes  and 
then  pointed  the  nozzles  of  the  hose  down  into  the  burn- 
ing mass  beneath.  17.  Others  turned  the  hose  upon  the 
neighboring  houses  and  washed  away  the  showers  of 
burning  fragments  of  wood  that  fell  upon  them.  18. 
Soon  the  whole  building  was  in  a  blaze,  and  then  the  roof 
fell  in  with  a  terrible-  crash.  19.  Two  of  trie  firemen 
narrowly  escaped  being  crushed  by  (con)  the  fall  of  the 
chimneys  when  the  roof  gave  way.  20.  They  did  escape, 
however,  and  so  did  the  whole  family,  and  a  good  deal  of 
their  furniture  was  saved ;  but  the  house  itself  was  burned 
quite  down.  21.  The  policemen  were  kept  busy  all  the 
time  in  (con)  keeping  back  the  crowd  and  protecting  the 
things  that  were  brought  out  of  the  burning  house  and 
those  on  each  side  of  it.  22.  In  the  midst  of  the  blaze, 
we  saw  some  poor  pigeons,  which  had  been  kept  in  the 
garret,  fluttering  about  in  (con)  great  distress.  23.  They 
seemed  so  bewildered  that  we  thought  they  would  drop 
into  the  flames ;  and  I  think  if  they  had  been  human  crea- 
tures, the  people  could  hardly  (casi  no)  have  been  more 
anxious  about  them.'  24.  It  was  impossible  to  do  any- 
thing for  them ;  but  at  last  one  of  them  flew  away  to  the 
eaves  of  a  house  on  (de)  the  other  side  of  the  street;  and 
all  the  rest  soon  had  sense  enough  to  follow  its  example. 


8o  A  FIRE  IN  A  WASHINGTON  SUBURB 

25.  The  neighboring  houses  were  kept  so  wet  that  they 
could  not  catch  fire;  although  the  heat  cracked  some  of 
the  panes  of  glass  and  the  water  got  in  and  damaged  the 
furniture  and  carpets.  26.  In  about  an  hour's  time  the 
flames  were  pretty  well  got  under ;  and  we  returned  home 
to  bed,  but  I  could  dream  of  nothing  else  all  night  long 
than  (que  con)  being  burned  alive. 

27.  We  had  intended  to  visit  the  zoological  gardens 
this  afternoon,  but  in  the  morning  the  sky  clouded  over, 
and  now  it  looks  as  though  it  might  rain  at  any  moment. 
28.  Perhaps  we  shall  have  better  luck  next  Sunday.  29. 
The  weather  here  is  very  changeable,  and  you  never  know 
what  it  is  going  to  do  next.  30.  Mrs.  Allison  says  the 
only  safe  way  to  do,  if  you  are  going  to  be  out  long,  is  to 
take  a  mackintosh  and  a  fan,  and  a  winter  wrap  and  an 
umbrella. 

31.  Please  give  my  love  to  your  mother  and  sister,  and 
believe  me  as  ever 

Your  sincere  friend, 

ANNA. 

1.  such   .   .   .  letter:  render  —  a  letter  so  nice. 

2.  as  well  .   .   .  able,  del  mejor  modo  posible. 

5.  time  to,  la  hora  de. 

what  seemed  like,  algo  muy  parecido  d. 
rattling  past :  render  —  that  passed  rattling. 

6.  can  ...  be,  sera  (§  1196). 

comes  driving   .   .   .  rate,  marcha  con  tantafuria. 

7.  I  should  imagine,  creo  yo. 

what  is  the  matter,  lo  que  haya  (§  894). 

8.  people:  supply  definite  article. 

running :  infinitive  in  Spanish,  and  immediately  follows  the  verb 
"to  see"  (§  121 1). 


A  FIRE  IN  A  WASHINGTON  SUBURB  8 1 

9.  a  suburb :  omit  the  article. 

10.  prohibiting  the  building  of:  render  —  which  prohibits  to  build. 

11.  Render  —  from  the  reel  the  hose. 

12.  came  up:  put  verb  before  its  subjects. 

13.  shining:  see  note  to  the  8th  sentence. 

fury  and:  omit  "and";  supply  a  gerund  (arrojando). 

1 6.  hose:  plural  here  in  Spanish. 
down  into,  hacia. 

beneath,  que  tenian  por  debajo. 

17.  and  washed :  omit  "and,"  and  put  the  verb  in  the  gerund. 

1 8.  soon:    use  d  poco,  as  the  final  syllable  of  pronto  would  not  be 

euphoneous  followed  by  the  initial  syllable  of  todo. 
a  terrible :  omit  the  article. 

19.  two  of  the  .  .  .  escaped  being,  poco  fait 6  para  que  dos  bomberos 

no  fuesen. 

20.  and  so  did,  lo  mismo  que. 

was  burned  quite  down :  render  —  was  reduced  to  ashes. 

21.  were  kept  busy,  tuvieron  bastante  que  hacer. 
those,  las  vecinas. 

on  each  side  of  it,  en  ambos  lados. 

22.  Render  —  saw  fluttering  about  in  great  distress  some  poor,  etc. 

(Infinitive  after  verb  of  seeing,  §  1211.) 
had  been  kept  =  had  lived. 

24.  to  do  anything  for  them :  render  —  to  give  them  any  help. 
had  sense  enough  =  knew  how  to,  supieron  (§  1 1 79). 

25.  were  kept:  do  not  express  "kept." 

26.  in  about  an  hour's  time,  d  eso  de  una  hora. 
return :  use  regresar. 

to  bed,  para  acostarnos. 

all  night  long,  en  toda  la  noche:  put  this  before  the  verb. 

else:  not  expressed  in  Spanish. 

being  burned  alive,  el  quemarme  viva  (§  1208). 

27.  as  though,  que. 
29.    Render  —  is  here. 

you  never  know,  no  se  sabe  nunca. 

it  is  going  to  do  next,  va  d pasar  despues. 


82  THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN 

30.  the  only  ...  to  do,  el  unico  modo  seguro. 
Out  long,  largo  tiempo  fuera. 

to  take,  proveerse  de. 
winter,  de  invierno. 

31.  Render  —  please  (sirvase  Vd)  give  to  your  mother  and  your  sister 

my  love  (la  expresion  de  mi  carino). 


EXERCISE  XV 

THROUGH   THE   STRAITS   OF  MAGELLAN 

On  board  the  SS.  "Oriental" 
Off  Cape  Virgins, 

Thursday,  September  7th,   1899. 
i.  My  dear  father: 

We  are  now  in  sight  of  Dunganess 

Point,  the  extremity  of  Cape  Virgins,  so  named  because 
Magellan  discovered  it  on  the  day  on  which  the  Catholic 
Church  celebrates  the  Feast  of  the  Eleven  Thousand  Vir- 
gins. 2.  This  Point,  and  the  corresponding  Catherine 
Point  of  Cape  Espiritu  (m.  3.)  Santo,  form  the  eastern 
portal  of  the  famous  straits  discovered  by  Magellan  in 
1520.  3.  Steamers  bound  for  the  Pacific  Ocean  gener- 
ally prefer  to  take  (seguir)  this  route  rather  than  to 
double  Cape  Horn,  which  is  more  worthy  than  its  brother, 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  to  the  title  of  "Cape  of  Storms." 
4.  Sailing  vessels,  however,  are  at  a  disadvantage  here, 
as  the  wind  is  interrupted  or  deflected  by  the  high  cliffs 
that  border  the  (este)  narrow  and  winding  passage.  5. 
Its  total  length  is  not  more  than  376  miles,  and  the  vessels 
of  greatest  draught  and  burden  find  everywhere  a  suf- 


THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN  83 

ficient  depth,  a  good  bottom,  numerous  springs  for  water- 
ing, rivers  abounding  in  fish,  woods  rich  in  game,  safe 
and  easy  landing-places,  and  a  thousand  resources  which 
are  lacking  in  Lemaire's  Straits  and  on  the  terrible  rocks 
of  Cape  Horn,  incessantly  beaten  by  hurricanes  and 
storms. 

6.  I  expect  the  passage  of  these  Straits  to  be  the  most 
interesting  feature  of  the  voyage,  and  I  do  not  wish  to 
miss  a  single  detail  of  the  region  towards  which  our  prow 
is  now  directed.  7.  I  can  already  distinguish  the  red 
and  white,  pyramidal  iron  tower  which  marks  Dunganess 
Point,  with  (3;)  Mount  Denero  in  the  background,  and 
(mientras  que)  to  the  south,  like  a  half  obliterated  line  on 
(en)  the  horizon,  lies  the  coast  of  Tierra  del  Fuego.  8. 
I  must  abandon  the  pen  for  the  field-glass  and  will  record 
my  observations  when  I  lay  down  the  latter.  9.  The 
Quartermaster  says  that  the  passage  will  barely  take 

thirty-five  hours. 

*         *         * 

10.  After  passing  through  the  Capes  we  entered  a  spa- 
cious basin,  pear-shaped  in  form,  whose  shores  are  barren 
and  uninteresting;  and  it  was  not  until  we  entered  the 
Narrows  at  the  western  end  of  the  bay,  after  steaming  at 
least  fifty  miles,  that  we  entered  the  Strait  proper,  n. 
It  is  perhaps  not  generally  known  that  the  entire  territory 
on  both  sides  of  the  Strait  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pa- 
cific belongs  to  the  Republic  of  Chile,  in  (de)  which  it 
forms  part  of  the  territory  of  Magellan,  the  area  (f.  3.) 
of  which  is  some  195,000  square  kilometers  (3).  12. 
These  Narrows  are  about  ten  miles  long  and  not  over  two 
in  width.  13.  Then  we  came  out  into  St  Philip's  Bay, 


84  THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN 

much  smaller  than  the  one  just  mentioned,  having  to  the 
north  the  chain  of  peaks  of  Saint  Gregory;  and  then, 
passing  between  Cape  Barranca  and  Low  Point  we  found 
ourselves  in  the  Second  Narrows,  which  are  twelve  miles 
in  length  and  about  twice  as  wide  as  the  first.  14.  The 
scenery  began  now  to  be  wilder  and  the  cliffs  more  pre- 
cipitous. 15.  After  rounding  Cape  Gregory,  at  the  west- 
ern extremity  of  the  narrows,  we  entered  what  is  called 
the  Broad  Reach.  16.  Then  the  Straits  widened  between 
granite  masses  of  stupendous  effect.  17.  Immense 
woods  covered  the  slopes  of  the  mountains  that  shut  in 
the  view  on  both  sides.  18.  Seventy  miles  farther  on  we 
left  tq  starboard  the  penal  settlement  of  Punt  a  Arenas. 
19.  There  appeared  for  a  moment  between  the  trees  the 
Chilean  flag  and  the  steeple  of  the  church;  towards  the 
southwest  Mount  Tarn  loomed  up  to  the  height  of  2,600 
feet.  20.  Night  came  on,  preceded  by  a  long  twilight. 
21.  The  light  melted  insensibly  into  new  shades;  the  sky 
became  sprinkled  with  bright  stars,  and  the  Southern 
Cross  pointed  out  the  direction  of  the  South  Pole.  22. 
In  the  midst  of  that  semi-darkness,  by  the  light  of  those 
stars  which  are  unknown  to  the  inhabitants  of  northern 
climes,  the  steamer  continued  resolutely  on  its  way.  23. 
At  times  the  tips  of  its  yards  touched  the  branches  of  the 
antarctic  beeches  that  overhung  the  waves,  and  at  others 
its  screw  churned  the  waters  of  large  rivers,  disturbing 
wild  ducks  and  other  feathered  denizens  of  these  secluded 
regions.  24.  Then  appeared  ruins  and  heaps  of  fallen 
stone  to  which  the  night  imparted  a  romantic  aspect,  the 
lamentable  remains  of  an  abandoned  colony  whose  name 
will  protest  eternally  against  the  fertility  of  these  coasts 


THRQUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN  85 

and  the  richness  of  these  woods  stocked  with  game.  25. 
We  were  passing  by  Port  Famine. 

26.  It  was  here  that  the  Spaniard  Sarmiento,  with  four 
hundred  emigrants,  founded  the  town  of  San  Felipe. 
27.  Rigorous  cold  decimated  the  colony,  and  hunger 
made  an  end  of  those  that  the  cold  had  spared.  28.  The 
English  pirate  Cavendish  gave  it  its  present  sad  name 
when,  in  1587,  he  found  only  eighteen  of  the  four  hundred 
unfortunates,  perishing  of  exhaustion  amidst  the  ruins  of 
a  city  that  had  aged  centuries  in  only  six  years  of  ex- 
istence. 29.  At  day-break,  the  "Oriental"  was  steaming 
through  narrow  passages,  between  forests  of  beeches, 
ashes  and  birches,  amidst  which  rose  elevations  covered 
with  vigorous  holly  trees  and  sharp-pointed  pines.  30. 
We  passed  by  St.  Nicholas  Bay,  called  by  Bougainville 
"French  Bay,"  and  at  a  distance  we  saw  numerous  whales 
disporting  themselves,  which  must  have  been  enormous 
to  judge  by  the  water  that  they  threw  up,  for  it  was  vis- 
ible at  a  distance  of  four  miles.  31.  We  doubled  finally 
Cape  Froward,  which  still  bristled  with  the  last  icicles  of 
winter.  32.  On  the  other  side  of  the  Strait,  in  Tierra 
del  Fuego,  the  two  peaks  of  Mount  Buckland  and  Mount 
Sanniento  cleft  the  clouds  at  the  elevations  of  4,100  and 
7,200  feet  above  the  sea  level.  33.  At  (en)  Cape  Fro  - 
ward  the  American  continent  really  ends,  for  Cape  Horn 
is  nothing  but  an  isolated  rock  projecting  above  (de)  the 
waves. 

34.  After  this  point  is  passed,  the  straits  lie  between 
Brunswick  Peninsula  (f.  3.)  and  Desolation  Island,  a 
large  island  stretched  out  between  a  thousand  islets  like 
an  enormous  leviathan  among  a  shoal  of  dolphins.  35. 


86  THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN 

What  a  difference  between  this  shattered  extremity  of 
America  (f.  3.)  and  the  sheer  and  well-marked  points  of 
Africa  (f.  3.)  or  India  (f.)  !  36.  What  unknown  cata- 
clysm could  have  pulverized  in  such  wise  that  immense 
promontory  cast  amidst  the  oceans? 

37.  Then  the  fertile  shores  were  followed  by  a  succes- 
sion of  desolate  coasts  of  wild  appearance,  ctit  by  the 
thousand  creeks  and  inlets  of  that  interminable  labyrinth. 
38.  The  "Oriental"  followed  these  turns  and  windings 
without  hesitation  or  mistake,  mingling  its  clouds  of 
smoke  with  the  torn  mists  of  the  mountains.  39.  She 
passed  by,  without  diminishing  her  speed,  some  Chilean 
factories  established  on  these  desolate  shores.  40.  Be- 
yond Port  Tamar  the  passage  widened,  and  there  the 
steamer  was  able  to  command  more  room  to  round  the 
jagged  coast  of  the  numerous  islets  that  lay  to  starboard, 
and  approached  the  south  shore.  41.  Thirty-two  hours 
after  having  entered  the  Straits  we  saw  Cape  Pillar  loom- 
ing up  at  (en)  the  extremity  of  Desolation  Island.  42. 
Before  us  stretched  an  immense  open  sea,  gleaming  in 
(con)  the  sunlight,  and,  saluting  it  enthusiastically,  I 
felt  no  less  excited  than  did  Magellan  himself  when  the 
"Trinidad"  first  careened  under  the  influence  of  the 
winds  of  the  Pacific. 

i.  Cape  Virgins:  all  the  ensuing  geographical  names,  such  as  Cape 
Horn,  Catherine  Point,  Mount  Denero,  etc.,  require  the  definite 
article. 

the  extremity:  omit  article  before  a  noun  in  apposition  (§  1349). 
Magellan  discovered :  reverse  the  order. 
3.   rather  than,  en  vez  de, 
which,  el  cual  (§  687,  3). 
storms :  supply  definite  article. 


THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN  87 

4.  here:  put  adverb  of  time  immediately  after  its  verb, 
border :  se  levantan  d  los  lados  dc, 

5.  is  not  more  than,  no  es  de  (§  353)  mds  que  (§  543). 
greatest   .    .    .  burden,  mds  calado  y  mayor  porte. 
watering :  supply  definite  article. 

hurricanes  .  .  .  storms :  supply  definite  article  in  each  case. 

6.  a  single,  ni  un  solo  (§  752). 

our  prow:  render  —  the  prow  of  the  vessel;  do  not  express 
"now";  put  verb  before  its  subject. 

7.  red  and  white:  render  —  painted  in  (de)  white  and  red. 
to  =  towards. 

8.  for  —  in  order  to  take  up. 

when  I  lay  down  the  latter,  al  cesar  de  usarlo  (§  1209). 

9.  will  barely  take,  ha  de  durar  apenas  (§  856). 

10.  pear-shaped  in  form:  render  —  of  the  form  of  a  pear, 
uninteresting,  carecen  de  interes. 

Render  —  and  we  did  not  find  ourselves  in  the  strait  proper 
except  (sind)  after  having  gone  at  least  fifty  miles  and  entering 
the  Narrows,  that  are  at,  etc. 

11.  the  entire  =  all  the. 
some,  de  unos  (§§  353,  376). 

12.  are:  use  tener  (§  403). 

not  over  .  .  .  width:  render  —  its  width  does  not  exceed  (no  pas  a 
de)  two  miles. 

13.  the  one  just  mentioned,  la  ya  nombrada. 
length :  use  longitud  for  sake  of  variety. 

about  twice  as  wide  as,  casi  el  doble  de  la  anchura  de. 

14.  the  cliffs:  supply  a  verb,  —  se  mostraban. 

15.  after  rounding  =  after  having  rounded. 

23.  tips:  singular  in  Spanish  (§  1300). 
that  Overhung,  inclinadas  sobre. 
at  Others,  con  frecuencia. 

large  rivers  .  .  .  wild  ducks:  supply  definite  article  in  each 
case. 

24.  heaps:  supply  algunos. 

the  night  imparted :  reverse  the  order. 


88  THROUGH  THE  STRAITS  OF  MAGELLAN 

26.  it  was  here  that,  en  aquel  mismo  punto  fue  donde. 

27.  rigorous  cold :  plural  in  Spanish. 

the  cold :  use  el  invierno  for  sake  of  variety. 

28.  when,  in  1587:  render  —  in  1587  when. 

perishing  of  exhaustion,  que  perecian  extenuados  (bear  in  mind 
that  the  gerund  in  Spanish  has  no  adjective  value). 

30.  we  passed  :  understand  "the  Oriental"  as  subject. 

we  saw  .  .  .  disporting  themselves,  se  vieron  retozando  (§§  521, 

818). 

must  have  been,  debian  de  ser  (§§  1005,  REM.,  1009). 
for  it,  y  que. 
at  a  distance  .  .  .  miles :  render  —  at  four  miles  of  distance. 

31.  we  doubled:  see  first  note  to  28th  sentence. 

Which  still  bristled  with  the,  que  erizaban  aun  los,  etc. 

33.  ends:  let  verb  precede  its  subject, 
is  nothing  but,  no  es  mas  que. 
projecting :  see  second  note  to  28th  sentence. 

34.  after  this  point  is  passed,  pasado  este  punto  (§§  1228-9). 
lie,  se  pierde  (for  sake  of  variety). 

between  .   .  .  among :  use  entre  and  en  medio  de  as  synonyms. 

36.  could  have,  pudo  followed  by  infinitive  (§  1032). 

37.  the  fertile  ...  by  a  succession,  sucedid  d  las  playas  ftrtiles  una 

serie. 

38.  without  hesitation  or  mistake,  sin  vacilar  ni  equivocarse  nunca 

(§  751). 

40.  at  Port  .  .  .  widened,  pasado  (§  1228)  el  Puerto  Tamar  ensanchose 

(§  1370)  el  estrecho. 
shore:  plural  in  Spanish. 

41.  we  saw  .  .  .  looming  up,  vimos  destacarse,  etc.  (§  1211). 

42.  gleaming,  que  relucia  (cf.  second  note  to  28th  sentence). 
than  did  Magellan  himself,  que  el  mismo  M.  (§  657). 
first, por primera  vez:  do  not  express  "the  influence  of." 


APPENDIX 


WORDS  COMMON  TO  SPANISH  AND  ENGLISH 

1.  The  English  language  being  largely  derived  from 
the  Latin  and  Greek  through  the  medium  of  one  or  other 
of  the  Romance  languages,  a  large  number  of  words  have 
nearly,  and  in  some  cases  exactly,  the  same  form  and 
meaning  in  Spanish  and  English. 

The  differences,  in  the  words  here  referred  to,  have  a 
certain  regularity,  the  understanding  of  which  will 
greatly  assist  the  learner. 

2.  The  following  orthographic  peculiarities  are  to  be 
observed :  — 

Spanish  admits  of  no  doubled  consonants  except  rr,  cc  and,  in  a 
few  cases,  nn,  (§  19,)  — 11  not  being  regarded  as  a  doubled  letter,  but 
as  the  sign  for  a  particular  sound;  hence  college  =  colegio.  And  cc 
occurs  only  before  e  and  i ;  hence  accommodation  =  acomodaci6n. 

The  n  of  the  prefixes  in  and  con  does  not  change  to  m  before  a 
word  beginning  with  m,  as  is  the  case  in  English  and  Latin;  therefore 
immersion  =  inmersi6n;  immortal  =  inmortal;  commotion  =  con- 
moci6n. 

Qu  becomes  cu  :  frequent  =  frecuente ;  conseqiience  =  consecuen- 
cia;  adequate  =  adecuado. 

The  diphthongs  ^  and  ce  become  e  :  Casar  =•  C£sar ;  diuresis  =  di6- 
resis ;  foetus  =  f eto ;  oedema  =  edema. 


9°  APPENDIX 

Initial  s,  followed  by  a  consonant,  takes  an  e  before  it:  sceptic 
=  esce"ptico ;  squadron  =  escuadr6n ;  spiral  =  espiral ;  strict  =  es- 
tricto. 

3.  The   following  modifications  apply  only  to  words 
of  Greek  origin :  — 

Y  becomes  i  :  typographic  =  tipOgrafico ;  sympathy  =  simpatfa. 

Ph  becomes  f :  phonography  =  fonograffa;  philosophic  =  filos6ficO. 

Th  and  rh  drop  the  h :  thesis  =  tesis ;  orthographic  =  ortografico ; 
rheumatism  =  reumatismo ;  rhapsody  =  rapsodia. 

Initial  pn,  ps  and  pt  drop  the  p :  pneumatic  =  neumdtico  J  psalmist 
==  salmista ;  pterocarpus  =  terocarpo ;  Ptolemaic  =  tolemaico. 

Ch  becomes  c  (except  before  e  and  i,  when  it  is  represented  by 
qu):  anachronism  =  anacronismo ;  characteristic  =  caracteristico ; 
chloroform  =  cloroformo;  choleric  =  COle'rico.  But,  chelonian  =  que- 
loniano ;  chimera  =  quimera ;  chiromancy  =  quiromancia. 

4.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  principal  terminations 
common  to  both  languages,  embracing,  with  proper  atten- 
tion to  the  above  orthographic  changes,  over  5,000  Span- 
ish words :  — 


The  accentuation  is  uniform  throughout  the  entire  class  of 
words  formed  with  any  given  termination.  Those  indicated  by  an 
asterisk  (*)  regularly  bear  the  accent-mark  on  the  antepenultimate  syl- 
lable. The  remainder  require  none,  unless  one  is  shown  on  the  ter- 
mination or  in  the  sample  words. 


NOUNS 


GENDER  OF 
THE  CLASS 


/.  ADE,  becomes  ada  :  brigada,  parada. 

m.  AGE,  "        aje:  equipaje,  personaje. 

m.  AL,  no  change:  canal,  metal,  coral. 

m.  ALT,  adds  o  :  asfalto,  basalto,  cobalto. 

m.  AN,  "    o :  meridiano,  veterano. 

m.  ANT,          "    e :  instante,  litigante. 


APPENDIX  91 

GENDER  OP 
THE  CLASS 

m.      ARIAN,    becomes  ario  :  centenario,  unitario. 

m.      ATE,  "        ato :  sulfato,  carbonate,  clorato. 

m.      ATOR,  "        ador :  orador,  regulador. 

m.      CE,  "        cio :  palacio,  precipicio,  comercio. 

m.  *CLE,  "        culo :  circulo,  obstaculo. 

m.      CT,          adds  o :  contacto,  efecto,  producto. 

/.        CY,          becomes  oia  :  aristocracia,  potencia. 

m.      ENT,       adds  e  :  accidente,  agente,  regente. 

m.       GE,          becomes  gio :  privilegio,  vestigio. 

m.  *GEN,       adds  o  :  oxfgeno,  nitr6geno. 

m.  *GRAPH,   becomes  grafo  :  aut6grafo,  fon6grafo. 

/.  *ic,  adds  a :  musica,  16gica,  ret6rica. 

m.       ICE,         becomes  icio :  edificio,  servicio. 

/.        INE,  "        ina :  doctrina,  disciplina. 

/.         ION,        (not  preceded  by  t),  no  change:  confusi6n,  religi6n. 

m.       ISK,        becomes  isco :  asterisco,  basilisco. 

m.      ISM,        adds  o :  despotismo,  paganismo. 

m.      IST,  "    a :  artista,  dentista,  florista. 

m.       ITE,        becomes  ito  :  granito,  lignito,  nitrito. 

m.       MENT,     adds  o  :  fragmento,  monumento. 

m.  *METER,  becomes  metro :  anem6metro,  gas6metro. 

/.        MONY,          "        moiiia :  ceremonia,  parsimonia. 

/.        NCE,  "        noia :  abundancia,  violencia,  provincia. 

m.      OID,        adds  e  :  alcaloide,  celuloide,  esferoide. 

m.      OR,          no  change :  actor,  horror,  vapor. 

/.        OSE,        becomes  osa  :  glucosa,  tuberosa. 

m.      OT,          adds  a :  despota,  patriota. 

m.  *PHONE,  becomes  fono :  teldfono,  xi!6fono. 

m.      RY,  "        rio :  adversario,  misterio,  directorio. 

m.      SCOPE,          "        scopio :  microscopio,  telescopio. 

/.        sis,         no  change:  crisis,  sinopsis,  tesis. 

W"  \  I«^'  (     become  tro  :  centro.  ministro,  pilastro. 

(   TREj  ) 

/.        TION,      becomes  cion1 :  condici6n,  naci6n. 

1  So,  also,  when  another  termination  is  added  to  -tion;  e.g.:  diccio- 
nario,  proteccionista,  sectional. 


92  APPENDIX 


GENDER  OF 
THE  CLASS 


/.  TUBE,  becomes  tud :  multitud,  solitud. 

/.  TY,  (Latin  fas),  becomes  dad  :  eternidad,  sociedad. 

m.  *ULE,  becomes  ulo  :  cdpsulo,  g!6bulo. 

/.  URE,  "        ura :  figura,  agricultura. 

m.  UM,  "        o :  ateneo,  museo,  geranio,  premio. 

m.  us,  "        o :  aparato,  censo,  genio. 

/.  Y,  (not  otherwise  provided  for  above),  becomes  ia  :  ana- 
tomia,  energfa,  geografia,  zoologia. 


ADJECTIVES* 

ACIOUS,  becomes  az  :  fugaz,  sagaz,  tenaz. 

AL,  no  change:  moral,  central,  natural. 

AN,  adds  o :  pagano,  americano. 

ANT,  adds  e  :  abundante,  dominante. 

AR,  no  change :  circular,  solar. 

ARIOUS,  becomes  ario  :  vicario,  precario. 

ARY,  "        ario :  ordinario,  contrario. 

ATE,  "        ado :  duplicado,  ornado. 

BLE,  no  change:  notable,  noble,  sensible,  soluble. 

CT,  adds  o  :  perf  ecto,  intacto. 

ENSE,  becomes  enso  :  denso,  inmenso. 

ENT,  adds  e  :  evidente,  prudente. 

*EOUS,  becomes  eo :  calcareo,  err6neo,  igneo. 
*FEROUS,        "        fero :  aurifero,  carbonifero. 

*ICAL  1  become  ico :  publico,  satirico. 

*ID,  adds  o  :  rdpido,  s61ido. 

ILE,  becomes  il :  fragil,  d6cil,  fe*rtil. 

INE,  "        ino :  aquilino,  felino. 

ITE,  "        ito :  definite,  erudito. 

IVE,  "        ivo :  activo,  decisive. 


JThe  student  need  scarcely  be  told  that  it  is  only  the  masculine 
singular  of  adjectives,  and  the  infinitives  of  verbs,  which  are  given 
here. 


APPENDIX  93 

LENT,  adds  o  :  violento,  turbulento,  virulento. 

NAL,  becomes  no  :  diurno,  eterno. 

ocious,         "        oz :  atroz,  feroz,  precoz. 

ORY,  "        orio :  preparatorio,  satisfactorio. 

OSE,  "        oso :  jocoso,  verbose. 

ous,  "        oso :  luminoso,  monstruoso. 

TIAL,  "        cial :  substancial,  potencial. 

TIONAL,        "        cional :  condicional,  nacional. 

UND,  adds  o  :  moribundo,  rubicundo. 

URE,  becomes  uro  :  puro,  future. 


VERBS 

ATE,         becomes  ar :  calcular,  investigar. 

FY,  "        ficar :  fortificar,  magnificar. 

IZE,  "        izar :  civilizar,  organizar. 

E.  A  great  many  verbs  of  this  termination,  which  come 

to  us  through  the  French,  may  be  turned  into  Span- 
ish by  changing  e  to  ar :  determinar,  curar,  causar, 
contmuar,  admirar,  combinar,  imaginar,  observar, 
etc.,  etc. 

REMARK.  —  The  student  is  cautioned  against  supposing  that  all 
English  words  having  the  terminations  above  specified,  can  be  turned 
into  Spanish  by  the  respective  changes  indicated;  or  that  all  words 
spelled  alike  in  both  languages  have  the  same  meaning ;  e.g. :  Spanish 
pan  (Latin  panis)  means  bread;  red  (Latin  rete),  a  net;  moroso  {from 
Latin  mora),  dilatory. 

5.  Throughout  the  exercises  in  this  work,  words  which 
have  the  same  form  and  meaning  in  both  languages,  or 
which  can  be  changed  from  one  language  to  the  other  by 
attention  to  the  preceding  directions,  are  printed  in 
italics,  and  are  not  to  be  sought  in  the  Vocabulary. 


94  APPENDIX 

6.  The  following  special  devices  are  employed :  — 

a.  When  a  Spanish  noun  is  identical  to  the  English,  and  belongs  to 
none  of  the  classes  in  the  list,  its  gender  is  indicated  in  parenthesis 
after  the  English  noun;  thus:  She  has  bought  a  dress  of  black  merino 
(/«.);  that  is  an  excellent  idea  (/.). 

b.  The  position  of  an  accent-mark,  required  by  identical  words  not 
belonging   to  any  of  the  classes,  is  indicated  by  a  numeral  in  paren- 
thesis, viz.  (i)  for  final  syllable,  (2)  for  penultimate,  and  (3)  for  ante- 
penultimate;   thus:   Panama  (f.  i),  condor  (m.  2),  peninsula  (f.  3). 

c.  Verbs  which  do  not  come  under  any  of  the  classes  in  the  list, 
when  appearing  in  italics  in  the  exercises,  are  to  be  understood  as  reg- 
ular and  of  the  first  conjugation;  thus  exhort  would  become  exhortar, 
present,  presentar,/^rw,  formar,  etc. 


The  orthographic  peculiarities  above  enumerated  (§§  2-3)  are 
to  be  observed  in  all  cases. 


VOCABULARY 


VOCABULARY 


ABBREVIATIONS 


ADJ.  adjective,    or    word    used 

adjectively. 

ADV.  adverb. 

com.  commercial. 

CONJ.  conjunction 

f.  feminine. 

///.  literal,  literally. 

naut.  nautical. 


m.  masculine. 

//.  plural. 

pp.  past  participle. 

PREP,  preposition. 

s.  substantive  or  noun. 

sing,  singular. 

VA.  active  or  transitive  verb. 

VN.  neuter  or  intransitive  verb. 


(These  are  employed  only  when  there  would  otherwise  be  danger 
of  mistaking  the  part  of  speech  to  which  the  English  word  belongs.) 

A  dash  ( — )  denotes  the  repetition  of  the  English  word;  an  initial 
letter,  the  repetition  of  a  Spanish  word. 

Fig.  implies  that  a  word  is  used  in  a  figurative  sense. 

Spanish  verbs  preceded  by  an  asterisk  (*)  are  irregular. 

Exceptional  renderings  are  followed  by  the  number  (in  parentheses) 
of  the  Exercise  and  sentence  in  which  the  word  occurs. 

References  to  sections  indicate  where  the  usage  of  a  Spanish  word 
is  explained  in  the  author's  "Text-Book  of  Modern  Spanish." 


a,  an,  un  (/.  una). 

abandon,  VA.,  abandonar  a ;  dejar 

(II,i5,8). 
abandoned,    PP.,   abandonado;  — 

lie,  mentira  atroz. 
abbey,  la  abadia. 
abominably,    horriblemente    (II, 

ii,  47)- 


ability,  la  habilidad. 

able :  to  be  —  to,  *poder. 

abounding,  abundante. 

about,  PREP.,  acerca  de,  sobre; 
(followed  by  numeral}  cerca  de, 
a  cosa  de;  to  talk  — ,  hablar 
de. 

above,  PREP.,  sobre,  encirna  de. 


97 


98 


VOCABULARY 


absence,  la  ausencia. 

absolute,  absolute. 

academy,  la  academia. 

accept,  VA.,  aceptar. 

access,  el  acceso. 

accident,  la  desgracia;  to  meet 
with  an  — ,  *tener  una  d. 

accompany,  VA.,  acompanar. 

according  to,  segun. 

account,  (narrative)  el  relate;  on 
—  of,  a  causa  de ;  to  turn  to  — , 
hacer  valer. 

acquire,  VA.,  *adquirir. 

actor,  el  comediante,  el  actor. 

actress,  la  comediante,  la  actriz. 

address,  VA.,  *dirigirse  a. 

adequate,  adecuado. 

adequately,  debidamente. 

adjourn,  VA.,  suspender. 

admiral,  el  almirante. 

admit,  VA.,  admitir. 

advance,  (Jig.}  el  adelanto;  (for- 
ward movement}  el  avance. 

advance,  VN.,  (Jig.}  adelantar; 
(mil.}  *avanzar. 

advancement,  el  adelanto. 

advantage,  la  ventaja ;  la  oca- 
sion  (I,  xvii,  14). 

adventurer,  el  aventurero. 

advice,  los  consejos  (//.). 

affair,  el  asunto. 

afford,  VA.,  proporcionar. 

afraid,  medroso;  to  be — ,  temer 
(II,  xi,  7) ;  to  be  —  of  [noun],  to 
be  —  to  [infin.],  *tener  miedo  de. 

after,  PREP.,  (position)  tras,  detras 
de;  (time)  despues  de. 


afternoon,  la  tarde ;  yesterday  — , 

ayer  por  la  t. 

afterwards  (time),  despues. 
against,  contra, 
age,  la  edad. 
age,  VN.,  *envejecer. 
ago,    ha ;    months  — ,   meses    ha ; 

a  short  time  — ,  poco  tiempo  ha. 
agree  [to],  VN.,  *convenir  [en]. 
agreeable,  agradable. 
agricultural,  agricola. 
aid,  VA.,  ayudar. 
air,  el  aire. 
airy,  airoso. 
alarmed,    con    cuidado;     not   to 

be  — ,  *estar  sin  c. 
Albert,  Alberto. 
Aleutian,  aleuto. 
alive,  vivo ;  —  with,  atestado  de. 
all,  todo  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;  (objective, 

meaning  "everything"},  lo  .  .  . 

todo;   —  at  once,  de   sopeton; 

not .  .  .  at  — ,  no  .  .  .  de  ningun 

modo. 

alligator,  el  caiman, 
alloy,  la  liga. 
almanac,  el  calendario. 
almond,  la  almendra;  —  shaped, 

almendrado. 
almost,  casi. 
alone,  ADJ.,  solo, 
along,  PREP.,  a  lo  largo  de. 
already,  ya. 
also,  tambien. 
although,  aunque. 
altitude,  la  altura. 
aluminum,  el  aluminio. 


VOCABULARY 


99 


always,  siempre. 

ambush,    la    emboscada;    to   go 

into  — ,  ponerse  en  e. 
amethyst,  la  ametista. 
amid,  amidst,  PREP.,  entre,  en 

medio  de. 
among,  entre. 
ampere,  el  ampero. 
amuse,  VA.,  *divertir. 
amusement,  la  diversion. 
ancient,  antiguo. 
and,  y ;   (before  i-  and  hi-)  e. 
angel,  el  angel, 
anger,  VA.,  enfadar. 
angry,  enf adado ;   to  get  — ,  enf  a- 

darse. 

anguish,  las  angustias  (//.). 
annoy,  VA.,  molestar. 
annoyed,  irritado. 
another,  otro  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;  one  — , 

uno  a  o. ;  with  one  — ,  entre  si. 
answer,    la    contesta;     to    make 

an  — ,  *dar  c. 
answer,  VA.,  contestar  a. 
antarctic,  antartico. 
anthropologist,  el  antropologo. 
anxious,   ansioso ;    to  be  —  about, 

sufrir  ansiedad  por. 
any,  alguno  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;   (what- 

*?wr)cualquiera,//.  cualesquiera 

(cualquier,    cualesquier     before 

a  noun)]    (with    negative)     nin- 

guno. 
anywhere,  en  alguna  parte ;  (with 

negative)  en  ninguna  parte. 
apartment    (suite   of  rooms),   el 

apartamento. 


appear,  VN.,  *aparecer;  (to  seem) 
*parecer. 

appearance,  el  aspecto;  to  make 
one's  — ,  *hacerse  ver. 

appetizing,  apetitoso. 

apple,  la  manzana. 

apple-tree,  el  manzano. 

apply,  VA.,  aplicar. 

approach,  VA.,  (meaning" to  bring 
or  put  near  to  ")  acercar ;  — ,  VN., 
(meaning  "  to  come  or  go  near 
to  ")  acercarse  a. 

appropriate,  VA.,  apropriar;  {legis- 
lative act)  votar. 

aquiline,  aguileno. 

Arab,  el  arabe. 

Arabic,  arabe. 

arbor,  el  emparrado. 

arch,  VA.,  arquear. 

archer,  el  arquero. 

arena,  el  amfiteatro. 

arm,  el  brazo;   (weapon)  el  arma 

(/•)• 

armor,  la  armadura. 

army,  el  ejercito. 

around,  PREP.,  alrededor  de;  all 
— ,  al  rededor  suyo;  —  us,  a 
nuestro  rededor ;  to  go  — ,  *dar 
la  vuelta  a. 

arrange,  VA.,  arreglar. 

arrive,  VN.,  llegar;  to  —  at  a  con- 
clusion, alcanzar  una  conclu- 
sion. 

arise,  VN.,  levantarse;  *surgir. 

arrow,  la  flecha. 

art,  el  arte  (/.). 

Arthur,  Arturo. 


100 


VOCABULARY 


article,  el  objeto. 

artillery,  la  artilleria. 

as,   como;    tal   cual;    (like)  cual; 

—  if,  cual  si ;  —  ...  — ,  tan  .  .  . 

como ;  —  "well  — ,  lo  mismo  que 

(I,  xvi,  2). 

ascend,  VA.,  VN.,  subir. 
ascertain,  VA.,  averiguar. 
ash,  el  fresno. 
ashamed,  avergonzado;    to  be  — 

[of,  to],  avergonzarse  [de]. 
ashes,  la  ceniza  (sing.} ;  to  reduce 

to  — ,  *reducir  a  cenizas. 
ask,  VA.,  *pedir. 
assume,  VA.,  *hacer  (II,  xi,  25). 
assure,  VA.,  asegurar. 
astonished  [at],  sorpreso  [de]. 
astonishing,  asombroso. 
at,  a,  en ;  —  last,  por  fin ;  —  least, 

por  lo  menos. 
Atlantic,  el  Atlantico. 
atmosphere,  la  atmosfera. 
attack,  VA.,  arremeter  (II,  ix,  7). 
attain,  VA.,  llegar  a;    *alcanzar; 

lograr. 
attend,  VN.,  asistir;  — ,  VA.,  asis- 

tir  a. ' 

attentively,  con  atencion. 
attractive,  simpatico. 
attic,  el  desvan. 
attitude,  el  ademan. 
autumn,  el  otono. 
autumnal,  de  otono. 
avenue,  la  avenida. 
avoid,  VA.,  evitar. 
awake,  VA.,  *despertar;  — ,  VN., 

*despertarse. 


j   awaken,  VA.,  *despertar. 
axe,  el  hacha  (/.) ;  battle  — ,  h.  de 
batalla. 

babe,  el  nifio;  el  nene. 

back,  la  espalda;  —  of,  PREP., 
detras  de. 

background,  el  fondo. 

backward,  ADJ.,  atrasado. 

bad,  malo  (apocopated  to  mal  be- 
fore masc.  sing,  noun);  — piirse, 
bolsa  flaca. 

baker,  el  panadero. 

balcony,  el  balcon. 

ball,  (dancing)  el  baile;  masque- 
rade — ,  b.  de  mascaras ;  —  room, 
salon  de  baile. 

balmy,  embalsamado. 

banana,  la  banana,  el  platano. 

bank,  (com.)  el  banco;  (of  river) 
la  margen. 

banner,  el  estandarte. 

bare,  desnudo. 

bargain,  la  compra  muy  barata. 

bark,  la  corteza. 

barley,  la  cebada. 

barren,  desnudo. 

basin,  (geog.)  la  bahia. 

basis,  la  base. 

basket,  el  canasto ;  —  work,  mim- 
bres  (m.  pi.}. 

batter,  VA.,  mellar. 

battle,  la  batalla. 

bay,  la  bahia;  French  — ,  B.  de 
los  Franceses. 

be,  VN.,  *ser;  *estar  (§§  131-144). 

beach,  la  playa. 


VOCABULARY 


101 


bear,  VA.,  *sostener;    sufrir   (II, 

xiii,  33). 
beard,  la  barba. 
bearing,  los  ademanes  (pi). 
beat,  VA.,  batir;   (chastise)  pegar; 

(wind  or  wave)  azotar. 
beaten,  PP.,  (metals]  batido. 
beautiful,  bello;    hermoso,  lindo. 
beauty,  la  belleza. 
because,  porque;   (for)  pues. 
become,  VN.,  *hacerse  ;  llegar  a  ser 

(I,  xx,  i);  *ponerse;  — cloudy, 

nublarse. 
bed,  la  cama;  to  put  to  — ,  *acos- 

tar ;  to  go  to  — ,  *acostarse. 
beech,  el  haya  (/.). 
beer,  la  cerveza. 
before,  ADV.,  antes;    the  day  — , 

el  di'a  anterior;  — ,  PREP.,  (with 

regard  to  time)  antes  de ;  (place, 

location]  delante  de. 
beg,  VA.,  *pedir  [algo  a  alguien]. 
begin,  VA.,  *empezar;  —  [to],  VN., 

*empezar     [a],     *comenzar    [a] 

(II,  xi,  51) ;  —  to  be,  llegar  a  ser. 
behind,   ADV.,   atras,   detras;  — , 

PREP.,  detras  de. 
believe,  VA.,  *creer. 
bell,  (large)  la  campana;    (small] 

la  campanilla;  (of  sleigh]  el  cas- 

cabel. 

belong,  VN.,  *pertenecer. 
beloved,  amado. 
below,    ADV.,   abajo,   debajo;   — , 

PREP.,  debajo  de. 
bend,  VA.,  encorvar;  — ,  VN.,  en- 

corvarse. 


beneath,   ADV.,  por   debajo;    — , 

PREP.,  debajo  de. 
beneficial,  ventajoso. 
berry,  la  baya. 
beryl,  el  berilio. 
besides,  ADV.,  ademas;  — ,  PREP., 

ademas  de. 
best,  mejor. 
bestow,  VA.,  *acordar. 
better,  mejor;   it  is  — ,  mas  vale, 
between,  entre. 
bewilder,  VA.,  turbar. 
bicycle,  la  bicicleta;  on  a — ,  a  b. 
bill,   (of  bird]  el  pico;    (in    Con- 
gress] el  proyecto  de  ley. 
birch,  el  abedul. 
bird,  el  ave  (/.);  el  pajaro. 
birth,  el  nacimiento. 
birthday,  el  cumpleafios. 
biscuit,  la  galleta. 
bite,  VA.,  *morder. 
black,  negro. 
blaze,  VN.,  arder. 
blaze,  s.,  las  llamas  (pi.) ;   to  be  in 

a  — ,  estar  en  llamas. 
blameless,  intachable. 
bleak,  (unsheltered]  desamparado ; 

(cold)  glacial;  (wind)  recio. 
blind,  ciego. 
blind,  VA.,  *cegar. 
blood,  la  sangre. 
blossom,  la  flor ;  ftill  — ,  la  plena 

flor. 

blow,  el  golpe. 
blow,  VN.,  soplar;  *volar;  —  «/, 

VN.,  *volar;  — ,  VA.,  hacer  v. 
blue,  ADJ.,  azul;  faint — ,  azulado. 


102 


VOCABULARY 


bluish,  azulado. 

board,  la  tabla;  on  —  of,  a  bordo 

de. 

boat,  el  bote. 
body,  el  cuerpo. 

boil,  VN.,  *hervir;  —  VA.,  bacer  h. 
boiling,  la  ebulicion;  — point,  el 

punto  de  e. 
bolt,  el  cerrojo. 
bone,  el  hueso;  collar — ,  la  clavi- 

cula. 
book,  el  libro;  —  of  reference,  1. 

de  consulta. 
boot,  la  bota;  — black,  el   limpia- 

botas. 

booty,  el  botin. 
bore,  VA.,  (Jig.}  aburrir;  to  be  -ed, 

aburrirse. 
borrow,  VA.,  tomar  prestado;  they 

have  -cd  my  cups,  han  tornado 

prestadas  mis  tazas. 
both,    ambos    (-as) ;   —  of   them, 

ambos  (-as)   a   dos,  ellos  (-as) 

dos. 

bottle,  la  botella. 
bottom,  el  fondo. 
boulevard,  el  bulevardo. 
bow,  (archery)  el  arco. 
box,  la  cajita. 
boy,    el    muchacho;     (menial)    el 

mozo. 

brace,  el  soporte;  (coitple)  el  par. 
bracing,  (fig.)  invigorante. 
branch,  (on  a  tree)  la  rama ;  (fig.) 

el  ramo. 
brave,  valiente. 
Brazil,  el  Brasil. 


bread,  el  pan. 

break :  at  the  —  of  day,  al  asomar 

el  dia. 
break,  VA.,  romper  (PP.  roto);  — 

away  from,  VA.,  separar  de;  — 

away  from,  VN.,  separarse  de; 

—  out,  VN.,  estallar. 
breakfast,  VN.,  *almorzar. 
breaking,  el  rompimiento. 
breaking,  ADJ.:    —  day,  el  alba 

(/•) 

breathe,  VA.,  respirar. 
bridge,  el  puente. 
brigand,  el  bandido. 
bright,  claro;  vivo;  reluciente. 
brilliant,  brillante. 
bring,    VA.,  *traer;  —  out,  sacar 

(II,  xiv,  21);  —  to  a  boil,  *hacer 

hervir. 

brisk,  rapido. 
Briton,  el  breton. 
broad,  (_fig.)  extenso;  —  brimmed, 

de  alas    anchas;   —  Reach,    el 

Canal  Ancho. 
broker,  el  corredor. 
brook,  el  arroyo. 
brother,  el  hermano. 
brother-in-law,  el  cuiiado. 
brow,  la  ceja. 
brown,  castafio,  moreno. 
brush,  VA.,  acepillar. 
build,    VA.,    *construir;     *erigir 

(I,  iii,  6);   levantar  (I,  xix,  24). 
building,  el  edificio. 
bull,  el  toro;  — fight,  la  corrida 

[de  toros] ;  — fighter,  el  torero, 
bullet,  la  bala. 


VOCABULARY 


103 


bumble-bee,  el  abejarron. 

burden,  (naut.)  el  porte. 

burial,  el  entierro;  —  place,  la 
sepultura. 

burn,  VN.,  arder;  — ,  VA,,  quemar; 
-  the  midnight  oil,  despabi- 
lar. 

burning,  ADJ.,  incendiado  (appl. 
to  building  on  fire). 

burst,  VN.,  estallar;  — ,  VA.,  hacer 
estallar;  —  out,  salir. 

bury,  VA.,  *enterrar;  sepultar. 

business,  los  negocios  (//.). 

busy,  ocupado. 

busy,  VA.,  ocupar;  to  be  busied, 
ocuparse  (followed  by  gerund}. 

but,  CONJ.,  pero;  (after  negative 
clause)  sino. 

butcher,  el  carnicero. 

butter,  la  manteca;  (Span.  Amer- 
ica) la  mantequilla. 

buy,  VA.,  comprar. 

by,  por;  de  (§  1440  £);  —  the  fire- 
side, cerca  de  la  lumbre. 

cabinet,  (of  ministers)  el  consejo. 

cake,  el  bollo. 

call,  VA.,  llamar. 

calm,  s.,  la  calma. 

camel,  el  camello. 

camp,  el  campo. 

can,  VN.,  *poder  (§§  1026-1032); 
/  —  not  biit  think,  no  puedo 
menos  de  pensar  (§  1033). 

Canada,  el  Canada. 

cannonade,  VN.,  *hacer  fuego. 

Canterbury,  Cantorberri. 


cape,  (clothing),  la  capa;   (geog.) 

el  cabo;  —  of  Good  Hope,  el  C. 

de    la     Buena    Esperanza;    — 

Horn,    el    C.    de    Hornos;  — 

Pillar,  el  C.  de  Pilares. 
captain,  el  capitan. 
card,  la  tarjeta;  (playing — ),  el 

naipe;    to  play  -s,  jugar  a  los 

naipes. 
care,    (carefulness)    el    cuidado; 

(worry)  el  pesar. 
care,  VN.:  to  — for,  *hacer  caso 

de ;  to  —  nothing for%  no  *hacer 

caso  de. 

careen,  VN.,  inclinarse. 
careful,  cuidadoso ;  to  be  — ,  cui- 

darse. 

carelessness,  el  descuido. 
Caribbean  Sea,  el  Mar  Caribe. 
carmine,  el  carmin. 
carnation,  el  clavel. 
carol,  el  trino. 
carouse,  VN..  jaranear. 
carpenter,  el  carpintero. 
carpet,  la  alfombra. 
carpet,  VA.,  alfombrar. 
carriage,  el  coche. 
carry,  VA.,  llevar ;  llevarse ;  —  off, 

llevarse ;  —  out,  llevar  a  cabo. 
cast,  VA.,  echar. 
castle,  el  castillo. 
cat,  el  gato. 

cataclysm,  el  cataclismo. 
catch,  VA.,  *coger; — fire,  incen- 

diarse. 

Catherine,  Catalina. 
cattle,  el  ganado. 


104 


VOCABULARY 


Caucasian,  caucasico. 

cause,  la  causa. 

cause,  VA.,  ocasionar. 

cave,  la  caverna. 

cease,  VN.,  cesar  (requires  de  be- 
fore a  dependent  infinitive). 

ceiling,  el  techo. 

celebrated  [for],  celebre  [por]. 

cellar,  el  sotano. 

centigrade,  ADJ.,  centigrade. 

central  altar,  el  altar  del  cen- 
tro. 

century,  el  siglo. 

certain,  cierto. 

Ceylon,  Ceilan,  (;«.). 

chair,  la  silla. 

chance,  la  oportunidad. 

change,  el  cambio. 

change,  VA.,  cambiar. 

changeable,  variable. 

channel,  el  canal;  la  acequia 
(II,  x,  n). 

charm,  VA.,  encantar. 

charming,  encantador. 

cheek,  la  mejilla. 

cheerfully,  con  alegria. 

cheering,  ADJ.,  alegre. 

chemical,  ADJ.,  quimico. 

chief,  ADJ.,  principal. 

child,  el  nino. 

Chilean,  chileno. 

chilly,  fresco ;   it  is  — ,  hace  f. 

chimney,  la  chimenea. 

chivalry,  los  caballeros  (//.),  (II, 
x,  10). 

Christmas,  Pascuas  (f.  />/.)  de 
Navidad;  —  Day,  el  dia  de 


Navidad ;  at  —  time,  por  Navi- 
dad. 

church,  la  iglesia. 
churn,  VA.,  (fig.}  azotar. 
circuit,  el  ambito. 
citadel,  la  ciudadela. 
citizen,  el  ciudadano. 
city,  la  ciudad. 
clam,  el  marisco. 
claret,  el  vino  tinto. 
clash,  s.,  el  choque;  el  estruendo. 
class,    la    clase;   —   room    (in    a 

school}  la  sala  de  c. ;  (in  a  col- 

lege}  el  aula  (/.). 
clay,  la  arcilla. 
clear,  ADJ.,  despejado;  so  very — , 

con  tanta  claridad. 
clear  up,  VN.,  aclararse. 
cleave,  VA.,  *hender. 
clerk,  el  dependiente.  Q/&WMA 
cliff,  el  despenadero;   el  penasco 

(II,  xv,  14). 
climate,  el  clima. 
climb,    VN.,    trepar;   —   up     on, 

subirse  a. 
clime,  el  clima. 
close,  s.,  el  fin;  to  draw  to  a  — , 

tocar  a  su  f. 

close,  ADJ.,  estrecho;  inmediato. 
close,  VA.,  cerrar. 
close  to,  PREP.,  cerca  de. 
clothe  [/'«],  VA.,  *vestir  [de]. 
Clothes,  la  ropa  (sing.} 
clothing,  la  ropa. 
cloud,  la  nube;  (of  smoke}  el  tor- 

bellino. 
cloud  over,  VN.,  nublarse. 


VOCABULARY 


105 


cloudy,    nublado;    to   become   — , 

nublarse. 

club,  el  casino;  el  circulo. 
clumsy,  tosco. 
cluster,  VA.,  agrupar ;  — ,  VN.,  agru- 

parse. 

coach,  el  coche. 
coachman,  el  cochero. 
coal,  el  carbon, 
coast,  la  costa. 
coffee,  el  cafe. 
coin,  la  moneda. 
cold,  el  frio. 
COld,  ADJ.,  frio;  I am  [very]  cold, 

tengo  [mucho]  frio;    it  (i.e.  the 

weather)    is    \yery\    cold,    hace 

mucho  frio ;  it  is  as  —  as,  hace 

tanto  f.  como. 
colder,  mas  frio;  to  get — ,  hacer 

mas  f. 
collar,  el  cuello ;  —  bone,  la  clavi- 

cula. 

collation,  la  colacion. 
collect,    VA.,    *recoger;    —    VN., 

agruparse. 
college,  el  colegio. 
collision,  el  cheque. 
colonnade,  la  columnata. 
colony,  la  colonia. 
colorless,  sin  color. 
comb,  el  peine. 
come,  VN.,  *venir;  (arrive)  llegar; 

*salir  (I,  xxiv,  45) ;  — !   \  vamos ! 

—  into,  entrar  en;  —  on,  *acer- 

carse,  *venir  (II,  xv,  20) ;  —  on 

again,  *estar   para  volver  otra 

vez;  —  out,  *salir. 


comedy,  la  comedia. 
comfortable,  comodo. 
coming,  s.,  la  llegada. 
command,  s.,  el  mando. 
command,  VA.,   mandar;   *dispo- 

ner  de  (II,  xv,  40) ;  -ed  by,  bajo 

el  mando  de. 
common,  ADJ.,  comun. 
companion,  el  companero. 
company,  la  compania.    • 
competition,  la  competencia. 
complain,  VN.,  quejarse. 
complete,  ADJ.,  complete. 
complete,  VA.,  terminar;   acabar 

(I,  xxii.  30). 

completely,  por  complete. 
complexion,  la  tez. 
compose,  VA.,  *componer ;  {poetry) 

*hacer. 

conceive,  VA.  coacebir. 
conception,  la  concepcion ;  beyond 

the  —  of,  inconcebible  a. 
concert,  el  concierto. 
condensing,  s.,  la  condensacion. 
condition,  (when  not  in  italics]  el 

estado. 

condor,  el  condor. 
conduct,  la  conducta. 
conduct,  VA.,  *conducir;  —  busi- 
ness, *hacer  los  negocios. 
confess,  VA.,  *confesar. 
congeal,   VA.,   congelar;  — ,  VN., 

congelarse. 

Congress,  el  congreso. 
connect,  VA.,  enlazar;  unir. 
conquer,  VA.,  conquistar. 
consignment,  la  consignation. 


io6 


VOCABULARY 


conspiracy,  la  conjuracion. 
conspirator,  el  conjurador. 
construct,  VA.,  *construir. 
consumer,  el  consumidor,  la  con- 

sumidora. 

contain,  VA.,  *contener. 
contented,  contento ;  to  be — with, 

contentarse  [con]. 
continue,  VA.,  VN.,  continuar;  - 

on  one's  way,  seguir  su  camino. 
contract,  VA.,  *contraer;  — ,  VN., 

contraerse. 

contrast  [to],  el  contraste  [con]. 
convert  [into],  VA.,  *convertir  [en]. 
convict,  s.,  el  presidiario. 
cook,  el  cocinero,  la  cocinera. 
cool,  fresco. 
coolness,  la  frescura. 
copper,  el  cobre;   —  colored,  de 

color  cobrizo. 
copy,  VA.,  copiar. 
Cordova,  Cordoba  (/.). 
corn,  (maize)  el  mai'z;   Indian  — , 

el  mafz. 
corner,  (salient  angle)  la  esquina; 

(re-entrant  angle)  el  rincon. 
cornice,  la  cornisa. 
Cornwall,  Cornualla  (/.). 
corpse,  el  cadaver. 
correspondent,  el  corresponsal,  la 

corresponsal. 

corresponding,  correspondiente. 
cotton,  el  algodon. 
count,  el  conde. 
countess,  la  condesa. 
countless,  innumerable. 
country,   (in   its  political  aspect) 


el  pais  ;    (in  contradistinction  to 

"city")  el  campo;  (one's  native 

land)  la  patria. 
country  house,  la  quinta. 
courage,  el  valor;   to  have  the  — 

to,  tener  el  v.  de. 
course,   el  curso;    of  — ,  por  su- 

puesto. 
court,   (open  space)  el  patio;    (of 

sovereign)  la  corte. 
courteous,  ADJ.,  cortes. 
courtship,  el  cortejo. 
cousin,  el  primo,  la  prima. 
cover    [with],    VA.,    cubrir    [de]; 

ocultar  (II,  xv,  17). 
covered  [with],  cubierto  [de]. 
crack,  VA.,  *quebrar. 
crash,  el  estruendo. 
cravat,  la  corbata. 
crawl,  VN.,  arrastrarse;  — around, 

a.  alrededor  de. 
creek,  el  abra  (/.). 
creep,  VN.,  arrastrarse. 
crew,  la  tripulacion. 
cripple,  VA.,  derrengar. 
crocus,  el  azafran. 
crop,  la  cosecha. 
cross,  la  cruz;   the  southern  — ,  la 

c.  del  sur. 

cross,  VA.,  *atravesar ;  —  on  horse- 
back, a.  a  caballo. 
cross,  (ill-humored)  bravo, 
crowd,  el  gentio. 
crown,  la  corona, 
crown  [with],  VA.,  coronar  [de]. 
cruiser,  el  crucero. 
crush,  VA.,  estropiar. 


VOCABULARY 


107 


cry,  el  grito ;  battle  — ,  g.  de  ba- 
talla. 

cry,  VN.,  (exclaim)  llamar. 

crystalline,  cristalino. 

crystallization,  la  cristalizacion. 

crystallize,  VA.,  cristalizar. 

cuckoo,  el  cuclillo. 

cultivation,  el  cultivo. 

cup,  la  taza. 

Cupid,  Cupido. 

curl,  el  rizo. 

curly,  rizado. 

currant,  la  grosella. 

current,  la  corriente. 

curtain,  la  cortina. 

curved,  curvo. 

custom,  la  costumbre. 

customary,  acostumbrado ;  it  is 
— ,  es  costumbre. 

cut,  VA.,  cortar ;  trazar  (II,  xi,  25) ; 
entrecortar  (II,  xv,  37) ;  —  a 
canal,  construir  un  canal;  — 
down,  tumbar;  —  off,  cortar; 
—  through,  cortar. 

dagger,  la  daga. 

damage,  el  dano. 

damage,  VA.,  danar;  echar  a  per- 

der  (II,  xiv,  25). 
dance,  VN.,  bailar. 
dancing,  el  baile. 
danger,  el  peligro. 
dangerous,  peligroso. 
daring,  ADJ.,  atrevido. 
dark,  oscuro. 
darkness,  la  oscuridad. 
darling,  ADJ.,  querido. 


dash,  VA.,   lanzar;   — ,  VN.,  lan- 

zarse;  precipitarse  (II,  vi,  15). 
daughter,  la  hija. 
dawn,  la  alborada. 
dawn,  VN.,  amanecer;    romperse 

(I,  xiii,  9). 
day,  el  dia ;  at  the  break  of  — ,  al 

asomar  el    d. ;    breaking  — ,  el 

alba  (f.) ;   in  the  old  — s,  en  lo 

pasado. 
daybreak  :  at  — ,  al  amanecer ;  al 

rayar  el  alba  (II,  xv,  29). 
daylight,  la  luz  matutina. 
daytime :  in  the  — ,  de  dia. 
dazzle,  VA.,  deslumbrar. 
dazzling,  deslumbrador. 
dead,  muerto;   —  men,  muertos; 

he  is  — ,  ha  muerto. 
deadly,  mortal. 
deal :  a  good  —  [<?/"],  mucho  (-a, 

-os,  -as) ;  a  great  —  of,  mucho ; 

muchisimo. 
dean,  el  decano. 
dear,  querido. 
death,  la  muerte ;  to  whip  to  — , 

matar  a  latigazos. 
decay,  VN.,  *decaer. 
deceive,  VA.,  enganar. 
December,  el  diciembre. 
decide,  VA.,  decidir;  —  [#?],  VN. 

decidirse  [a]. 
decided,  decidido. 
decimate,  VA.,  diezmar. 
decomposed,  descompuesto. 
deer,  el  ciervo. 
deep,  hondo,  profundo. 
defeat,  VA.,  derrotar. 


io8 


VOCABULARY 


defence,  la  defensa. 

defile,  VA.,  ensuciar. 

defined,  marcado. 

deflect,  VA.,  desviar. 

defy,  VA.,  desafiar.  [poco. 

degree,  el  grado;    by  — s,  poco  a 

dell,  la  canada. 

delight,  el  deleite. 

delight,  VA.,  deleitar. 

delightful,    delicioso ;    agradable 

(II,  xii,  34). 
deliver,  VA.,  librar ;  — one's  self  of, 

desembucharse  de. 
denizen,  el  habitante. 
Denmark,  Dinamarca  (/.). 
deny,  VA.,  *negar. 
departure,  la  partida. 
depend  [«/<?«],  VN.,  depender  [de]. 
deposit,  el  deposito. 
deprive  [of],  VA.,  privar  [de] ;  qui- 

tar  [algo  a  alguien]. 
depth,  la  hondura;  (naiit.)  el  fon- 

deadero ;  — s,  las  prof undidades. 
depute  [fo],  VA.,  diputar  [para]. 
descend,  VA.,  bajar;  — ,  VN.,  *des- 

cender. 

descent,  el  descenso. 
desert,  el  desierto. 
deserted,  desierto. 
deserve,  VA.,  *merecer. 
desire,  el  deseo;   to  have  a  —  to 

[in/in.],  tener  ganas  de. 
desire,  VA.,  desear. 
desolate,  desolado;   desnudo  (II, 

xv,  37). 

despairing,  desesperado. 
despatch,  VA.,  despachar. 


despise,  VA.,  despreciar. 

detachment,  el  destacamento. 

detail,  el  pormenor. 

de  trop,  ADV.,  demas. 

development,  el  desarrollo. 

devour,  VA.,  devorar. 

dew,  el  rocio. 

diadem,  la  diadema. 

diamond,  el  diamante;  — field, 
el  campo  diamantifero. 

die,  VN.,  morir. 

differ,  VN.,  *diferir;  diferenciarse. 

difficult,  dificil. 

difficulty,  la  dificultad. 

dig,  VA.,  cavar. 

dim,  VA.,  enturbiar. 

diminish,  VA.,  *disminuir;  amen- 
guar  (II,  xv,  39). 

din,  el  estruendo. 

dine,  VN.,  comer. 

dinner,  la  comida ;  to  take  — ,  co- 
mer. 

direct,  VA.,  dirigir;  encarar  (II, 
xv,  6). 

direction,  el  camino  (II,  xv,  21). 

dirty,  sucio. 

disadvantage,  la  desventaja;  to 
be  at  a  — ,  llevar  la  d. 

disagreeable,  desagradable. 

disappear,  VN.,  *desaparecer. 

disappointment,  el  contratiempo. 

discant,  VN.,  discurrir. 

discharge,  VA.,  *despedir. 

discontent,  el  descontento. 

discontented,  descontento. 

discover,  VA.,  descubrir  (PP.  des- 
cubierto). 


VOCABULARY 


109 


discreet,  discrete. 

disembark,  VA.,  desembarcar;  — , 

VN.,  desembarcarse. 
disguise,  VA.,  disfrazar. 
dish,    (platter}    el   platon;    (deep 

dish]  la  fuente. 
dismal,  lugubre. 
displease,  VA.,  disgustar. 
disport  one's  self,  VN.,  retozar. 
disposal :  to  have  at  one's  — ,  tener 

disponible. 

disposition,  la  mdole. 
distance :   at  a  — ,  in  the  — ,  a  lo 

lejos. 

distant,  lejano. 
distinctive,  distinto. 
distinguish,  VA.,  distinguir. 
distinguished,  distinguido. 
distress,  la  angustia. 
distribute,  VA.,  *distribuir. 
disturb,  VA.,  molestar ;  *despertar 

(II,  xv,  23). 
ditch,  el  foso. 

divide  [into],  VA.,  dividir  [en], 
do,   VA.,   *hacer;    —  ivithout,  pa- 

sarse  sin. 
dog,  el  perro. 
dollar,  el  duro ;  (Spanish  America) 

el  peso. 

dolphin,  el  delfin. 
dome,  la  cupula. 
door,  la  puerta. 
double,  VA.,  doblar. 
doubt,  la  duda. 
doubt,  VA.,  dudar;  dudar  de. 
downstairs,  abajo. 
drape,  VA.,  arropar. 


draught,    la    corriente    de    aire; 

(naut.}  el  calado. 
draw,  VA.,  (picture]  dibujar ;  (pull] 

tirar  de;   —  up,  (mil.}  alinear; 

to  —  the  curtains,  tirar  las  cor- 

tinas;  — ,  VN.,  to  a  (or  its)  close, 

tocar  a  su  fin;  aproximarse  a  su 

fin  (II,  vi,  17). 
drawn,  (curtains)  puesto. 
dreaded,  formidable. 
dream,  el  sueno. 
dream  \of~\,  VN.,  *soiiar  [con]. 
dreamy,  sonoliento. 
dress,   el  traje;    (child's}  el   ves- 

tido. 

drink,  VA.,  bebenj" 
drive,    s.,   el   paseo    [en    coche]; 

to  take  a  — ,  dar  un  paseo ;  to  go 

out  for  a  — ,  *salir  a  paseo. 
drive,  VN.,  pasearse  [en  coche]; 
-  around,    dar   la    vuelta    [en 

coche]   a;    —  along,  pasar  por 

aqui  (II,  xiv,  6);    to  go   out  to 

— ,  *salir  a  paseo. 
driver,  el  conductor;   (coachman} 

el  cochero. 
drop,  la  gota. 
drop,  VN.,  *caer;  precipitarse  (II, 

xiv,  23). 
drown,  VA.,  ahogar;  — ,  VN.,  aho- 

garse. 

Druid,  el  Druido. 
dry,  seco. 

dry,  VA.,  secar;  — ,  VN.,  secarse. 
duchy,  el  ducado. 
duck,  el  anade;    wild  — ,  a.  sil- 

vestre. 


no 


VOCABULARY 


due,  ADJ.,  debido. 

duke,  el  duque. 

during,  durante. 

dusky,  moreno. 

dust,  el  polvo. 

dusty,  polvoriento;   it  is  — ,  hay 

polvo. 
duty,    el   deber;    to  do   one's   — , 

cumplir  con  su  d. 

each,  cada;  (when  not  followed 
by  noun]  cada  uno,  cada  cual; 
—  other,  el  uno  al  otro. 

eager,  anheloso. 

ear,  la  oreja;  (hearing)  el  oido. 

early,  temprano;  primitivo  (-a, 
-os,  -as)  (II,  ii,  2) ;  the  —  morn- 
ing, la  mafiana  temprana. 

earring,  el  zarcillo. 

earth,  la  tierra. 

earthquake,  el  terremoto. 

easily,  facilmente;  con  mucha 
facilidad. 

eastern,  oriental. 

easy,  facil. 

eat,  VA.,  comer. 

eaves,  el  socarren  (sing.). 

eccentric,  singular. 

echo,  la  reverberacion. 

editor,  el  redactor. 

Edward,  Eduardo. 

effect,  verificar ;  to  be  — ed,  verifi- 
carse. 

efficient,  efectivo. 

effort,  el  esfuerzo. 

Egypt,  Egipto  (m.). 

eight,  ocho. 


eighteen,  dieciocho. 
eighty,  ochenta. 
electrician,  el  electricista. 
elegant,  gracioso  (II,  xi,  25). 
elevation,  la  altura;  ia  loma  (II, 

xv,  29). 
eleven,  once. 
Emanuel,  Manuel, 
embarrass,  VA.,  embarazar. 
emblem,  el  emblema. 
emerald,  la  esmeralda. 
emerge,  VN.,  *salir. 
emigrant,  el  emigrado. 
Emma,  Manola. 
emperor,  el  emperador. 
empire,  el  imperio. 
employe",  el  empleado. 
employ  [for},  VA.,  emplear  [como]. 
enamelled,  esmaltado. 
enchanting,  encantador. 
encompass  [with],  VA.,  cercar  [de]. 
encounter,  VA.,  *encontrarse  con 

(II,  v,  2i). 
end,  el  ultimo;    in  the  — ,  al  fin; 

to  be  at  an  — ,  *concluirse;  make 

an  —  of,  acabar  con. 
end,  VN.,  terminar. 
endeavor,  VN.,  procurar. 
endure,  VA.,  sufrir. 
enemy,  el  enemigo. 
engine,   la   maquina;  fire  — ,  la 

bomba. 

engineer,  el  ingeniero. 
England,  la  Inglaterra. 
English,  ingles  (/.  inglesa). 
enhance,  VA.,  *hacer  resaltar. 
enjoy,  VA.,  gozar  de. 


VOCABULARY 


in 


enormous,  enorme. 

enough,  ADJ.,  bastante ;  more  than 

— ,  sobrado. 

enrich,  VA.,  *enriquecer. 
enter,  VA.,  entrar  en;    internarse 

en  (II,  xv,  10). 

enthusiastically,  con  entusiasmo. 
entire,  entero ;  todo  (-a,  -os,  -as). 
entirely,  por  complete, 
entreat,  VA.,  suplicar. 
equal,  ADJ.,  igual. 
equestrian,  ADJ.,  ecuestre. 
escape,  s.,  (of  prisoners)  evasion. 
escape,  VN.,  escapar;  escaparse. 
essay,  el  ensayo. 
establish,  VA.,  *establecer. 
esteem,  s.,  aprecio. 
esteem,  VA.,  apreciar ;  to  —  little, 

a.  en  poco. 
etc.,  etcetera,  etc. 
eternal,  eterno. 
Ethiopian,  el  etiopico. 
Europe,  Europa  (/.). 
European,  europeo. 
even,   aim;    not  — ,   ni  aun;    — 

though,  aun  cuando. 
evening,  la  noche. 
event,  el  acontecimiento. 
every,  todo,  todos  los,  cada;  — 

day,   todos    los    dias ;    -  -   one, 

todo  el  mundo. 

everybody,  todos,  todo  el  mundo. 
everything,  todo. 
everywhere,  en  todas  partes,  por 

todas  partes. 
example,  el  ejemplo. 
exceeding,  sumo  (I,  xvi,  14). 


exceedingly,  extremadamente. 
excellency,  la  excelencia. 
excellent,  excelente. 
except,    excepto;     salvo;     sino ; 

not .  .  .  — ,  no  ...  sino. 
exchange,  (Stock  and  Produce)  la 

Bolsa. 

excited,  conmovido. 
excursion,  el  paseo. 
excuse,  la  excusa;  to  make  —s, 

*dar  excusas. 

exercise,  el  tema;  el  ejercicio. 
exhaust    [on],   VA.,  prodigar   [a] 

(II,  x,  ii). 

exhibit,  VA.,  exhibir ;  *demostrar. 
expand,  VA.,  dilatar;  — ,  VN.,  dila- 

tarse. 

expect,  VA.,  esperar. 
expectant,  esperante. 
expel,  VA.,  expulsar. 
expense,  el  gasto. 
explorer,  el  explorador. 
expose,  VA.,  *exponerx 
extend,  VA.,  *exi^nder;   — ,  VN., 

*extenderse. 
extent,  la  extension. 
extreme,  extremo;  extremado. 
extremely,  extremadamente ;  muy. 
eye,  el  ojo. 

face,  la  cara;  el  rostro  (II,  vii,  15). 

fact,  el  hecho. 

factory,  la  f  abrica ;  (trading  post} 

la  factoria. 
fail  \to\  VN.,  dejar  [de];  ser  arrui- 

nado  (II,  xii,  12). 
faint,  palido ;  —  blue,  azulado. 


112 


VOCABULARY 


fair,  s.,  la  feria. 

fair,  ADJ.,  rubio;  (meaning" beauti- 
ful") Undo, 
fairy,  el  hada  (/.). 
faithful,  leal. 
fall,  la  caida.  . 
fall,  VN.,  *caer;  arrojarse  (II,  iii, 

9);    —  down,  —  in,  *caer;   - 

upon,  c.  sobre. 
fallen :    heap  of  —  stones,  el  der- 

rumbamiento. 

family,  la  familia.  [Hambre. 

famine:    Port  — ,   el   Puerto   de 
fan,  el  abanico. 

far,  ADV.,  lejos;  as  —  as,  hasta. 
farm,  la  hacienda ;  la  granja. 
farmer,    el    granjero;     el    estan- 

ciero;  el  labrador. 
farther  on,  mas  alia, 
fascinating,  fascinador. 
fast,  ligero  (II,  xii,  28). 
fasten  down,  VA.,  *cerrar. 
fate,  el  hado. 
father,  el  padre. 
Faust,  Fausto. 
favored,  favorecido  de  la  natura- 

leza  (II,  x,  3). 
fear,  el  miedo;  el  temor;  for  — 

that,  por  miedo  de  que  (followed 

by  subjunct.). 
fear,  VA.,  temer. 
feast,   la  fiesta ;    (court  function) 

el  besamanos. 
feather,  la  pluma. 
feathered,  plumado. 
feature,  la  faccion;   el  particular 

(II,  xv,  6). 


February,  el  febrero. 

feel,  VA.,  *sentir ;  — ,  VN.,  *sentirse. 

feeling,  el  sentimiento. 

fern,  el  helecho. 

fertile,  feraz. 

fetter,  VA.,  encadenar. 

few,  pocos   (-as);    a  — ,  algunos 

(-as) ;  unos  cuantos. 
field,  el  campo;  grain  — ,  c.  gra- 

nero;    diamond  — ,  c.   diaman- 

tifero. 

field-glass,  el  binoculo. 
fifty,  cincuenta. 
fight,  s.,  la  pelea. 
fight,    VN.,    pelear;    luchar    (II, 

viii,  10). 

figure,  la  forma, 
filch,  VA.,  hurtar. 
fill  [with],  VA.,  llenar  [de]. 
finally,  por  fin. 
find,  VA.,  hallar;  *encontrar. 
fine    (weather),    hermoso;    bonito 

(II,  xi,  18);  bueno  (II,  xii,  29); 

delicioso  (I,  xx,  17). 
finish,  VA.,  (conclude)   *concluir; 

(complete)    terminar;     (use    up) 

acabar. 

finished,  acabado. 
fire,   el   fuego;    (for  warmth)    la 

lumbre ;  (conflagration)  el  incen- 

dio;    to    catch  — ,    incendiarse; 

on  — ,  incendiado. 
fire-engine,   la  bomba  de   incen- 

dios. 

fireman,  el  bombero. 
fireside:   by  the  — ,   cerca  de  la 

lumbre. 


VOCABULARY 


firing,  la  descarga. 

firmly,  firme  (I,  xxiv,  14). 

first,  primero  (apocopated  to  pri- 
mer before  masculine  noitn) ;  an- 
terior (II,  xv,  13);  at  — ,  al 
principle. 

fish,  (in  the  -water)  el  pez;  (as  an 
article  of  food}  el  pescado;  la 
pesca  (II,  xv,  5). 

fish,  VA.,  VN.,  pescar. 

fit :  to  see  —  to,  dignarse. 

five,  cinco;  it  is  —  o'clock,  son 
las  cinco. 

fixed,  fijo. 

fixture,  el  aparato. 

flag,  la  bandera;  el  pabellon  (II, 
xv,  19). 

flake,  el  copo. 

flame,  la  llama. 

flamingo,  el  flamenco. 

flannel,  la  franela. 

flash,  VN.,  brillar. 

flat,  chato. 

flaw,  el  defecto. 

flesh,  la  carne. 

flight,  el  vuelo. 

flock,  (birds')  la  bandada;  (sheep] 
el  rebafio. 

flock,  VN.,  concurrir. 

Florida,  la  Florida. 

florist,  el  floricultor. 

flour,  la  harina. 

flow,  VN.,  *fluir. 

flower,  la  flor. 

flowing,  (hair)  suelto. 

fluid,  s.,  el  fluido;  — ,  ADJ.,  fluido. 

flutter,  VN.,  agitarse. 


fly,  la  mosca. 

fly,  VN.,  *volar;  —  away,  *volar; 

*volarse. 
flying,  volante. 
foaming,  espumoso. 
fog,  la  niebla. 
foggy,  nebuloso. 
foliage,  el  follaje. 
follow,  VA.,  *seguir. 
following,  siguiente. 
fond:     /  am   fond  of  .  .  .,   me 

gusta  .  .  . ;  are  you  —  of  .  .  .? 

<le  gusta  a  Vd ?  (§  1165); 

to  be  [very]  —  of,  tener  [mucha] 

aficion  a ;  I  am  passionately  —  of, 

estoy  sumamente  aficionado  a. 
fondly,  carinosamente. 
food,  el  alimento;  la  comida  (II, 

ii,  8). 
foot,  el  pie;   on  — ,  a  pie;    to  set 

— ,  poner  el  p. 
for,  PREP.,  para  (§§  504-513);  por 

(§§  490-503) ;  — ,  CONJ.,  (because) 

porque,  pues;  puesto  que. 
force,  las  fuerzas  (//.)  (II,  ix,  5). 
forced,  obligado. 
foreboding,  el  presagio. 
forehead,  la  f rente. 
foreigner,  el  extranjero. 
foreman,  el  capataz. 
forest,  el  bosque;    (unbroken)  la 

selva. 

forever,  para  siempre. 
forget,  VA.,  olvidar. 
form,  s.,  la  forma. 
form,  VA.,  formar;  (a  conspiracy) 

tramar,  maquinar, 


VOCABULARY 


former,  anterior;  antiguo  (II,  vii, 
12);    the    — ,    el    primero    (II, 

V,  12). 

formerly,  antiguamente  (II,  iv,  i). 
fortune,     (chance)     la     fortuna; 

(property)  el  caudal. 
forty,  cuarenta. 
forward,  ADV.,  adelante. 
found,  VA.,  *establecer. 
foundation,  el  fundamento. 
fountain,  la  f uente. 
four,  cuatro ;  on  all  — s,  a  gatas. 
four-hundred,  cuatrocientos. 
fox,  la  zorra. 
fragrant,  f ragante. 
fragment:  —  of  wood,  la  astilla 

(II,  xiv,  17). 
frame:  —  house,  la  casa  de  ma- 

dera. 

France,  la  Francia. 
freeze,  VA.,  *helar,  congelar;  — , 

VN.,  *helar;  it  is  — ing,  hiela. 
freezing :   at  a  —  temperature,  de 

la  temperatura  de  congelacion; 

—  point,  el  punto  de  congela- 
cion. 
French,  frances  (f.  f rancesa) ;  — 

Bay,  la  bahia  de  los  franceses. 
frequently,  f recuentemente ;    con 

frecuencia. 

fresh,  fresco;  adicional  (I,  xv,  18). 
freshet,  el  desborde;  la  avenida 

(I,  xxii,  n). 
Friday,  el  viernes. 
friend,  el  amigo. 
frightened,  lleno  de  espanto. 
frightful,  espantoso;  horrendo. 


frog,  la  rana. 

from,     de;     desde;     —  .  .  .  to, 

desde  .  .  .  hasta,  de  .  .  .  a. 
front:  in  —  of,  delante  de;  —  to 

— ,  frente  a  frente. 
frontier,  la  frontera. 
frost,  la  helada ;  la  escarcha. 
frowning,  sombrio. 
frozen,  helado;    to  be — to  some- 
thing, estar  pegado  a  algo. 
fruit,  la  fruta;  (in  quantities)  las 

frutas    (pi-);    — tree,    el    arbol 

frutal. 

fuel,  el  combustible, 
fulfilment,  el  cumplimiento. 
full,  lleno;    at  —  gallop,  a  todo 

escape. 

function,  la  f uncion. 
fur,  la  piel. 
furnish,    VA.,    proporcionar ;     (a 

room  or  house)  amueblar. 
furniture,  los  muebles  (//.). 
further,  mas  (I,  xxii,  17). 
fury,  la  furia. 
futurity,  lo  future  («.). 

gain,  VN.,  (fire)  *extenderse. 
gale,  el  viento;  la  tormenta. 
gallery,  la  galeria. 
gallop,   el   galope ;    at  full  — ,  a 

todo  escape. 

game,  (hunting)  la  caza. 
gaming,  el  juego. 
garden,  el  jardin. 
garment,  el  vestido. 
garnet,  el  granate. 
garret,  el  desvan. 


VOCABULARY 


gather,  VA.,  (crops)  recoger;  unir 
(II,  ix,  1 6). 

general -in -chief,  el  generali- 
simo. 

generally,  generalmente ;  por  lo 
general. 

genii,  los  genios  (//.). 

gentleman,  el  caballero. 

Germany,  la  Alemania. 

German,  aleman  (/.  alemana). 

get,  VA.,  *adquirir;  — ,  VN.,  llegar 
a  ser;  to  —  colder,  hacer  mas 
fiio;  —  in,  entrar;  —  lost,  per- 
derse ;  to  —  oiit,  salir  ;  —  out  of 
the  way,  VN.,  apartarse;  —  to, 
llegar  a ;  —  to  be,  ir  poniendose 
(II,  xiii,  22);  —  under,  VA.,  do- 
minar  (II,  xiv,  26);  —  up,  VN., 
levantarse ;  -  -  up  early,  ma- 
drugar. 

ghost,  el  duende;  el  aparecido. 

gift,  el  don. 

gifted,  ADJ.,  de  merito. 

gild,  VA.,  dorar. 

gill,  la  agalla. 

girl,  la  nina. 

give,  VA.,  *dar;  —  a  sigh,  emitir 
un  suspiro;  to  —  lectures,  cele- 
.  brar  conf  erencias ;  —  way,  ceder ; 
hundirse  (II,  xiv,  19). 

glad :  to  be  glad  [of,  to~\,  alegrarse 
[de] ;  to  be  —  that,  alegrarse  de 
que  (fol.  by  subjunctive}. 

gladden,  VA.,  alegrar. 

glance,  VN.,  mirar;  to  —  over, 
pasear  la  mirada  por. 

glass,  (material}  el  vidrio;   (table 


ware)  el  vaso ;  pane  of  — ,  el 
cristal. 

glasses,  (spectacles}  las  gafas  (//.)  ; 
(eye-glasses}  los  quevedos  (//.). 

glee,  la  alegria. 

glisten,  VN.,  *relucir. 

glitter,  VN.,  *relucir. 

globe,  el  globo. 

gloomy,  triste;  lugubre ;  som- 
brio. 

glory,  la  gloria. 

glowing  \with~\,  sufuso  [de]. 

glove,  el  guante. 

go,  VN.,  *ir;  to  —  around,  VA.,  dar 
la  vuelta  a ;  to  —  away,  mar- 
charse,  irse ;  to  —  in,  into,  entrar 
en ;  to  —  on,  suceder ;  to  —  out, 
salir ;  to  —  to  bed,  acostarse ;  to 
—  up,  subir. 

God,  Dios  (m.);  would  to  — , 
ojala  que  (followed  by  subjunc- 
tive). 

goddess,  la  diosa. 

gold,  el  oro. 

golden,  ADJ.,  de  oro;  como  el  oro 
(II,  ix,  1 6). 

good,  bueno;  to  wish  —  night, 
desear  las  buenas  noches. 

goods,  los  generos. 

goose,  el  ganso. 

government,  el  gobierno ;  city  — , 
el  ayuntamiento. 

governor,  el  gobernador. 

Grace,  Gratia. 

grace,  la  gratia. 

graceful,  gracioso;  esbelto;  ele- 
gante (II,  x,  7;  II,  xi,  25). 


n6 


VOCABULARY 


grain,  el  grano;  — field,  campo 
granero. 

grammar,  la  gramatica. 

granite,  s.,  el  granito;  — ,  ADJ., 
granitico. 

grant,  VA.,  otorgar;  may  God — , 
may  Heaven  — ,  plegue  a  Dios 
que  (followed  by  subjunctive ). 

grape,  la  uva. 

grasp,  VA.,  agarrar. 

grass,  la  yerba; covered,  cu- 

bierto  de  yerba. 

great,  grande  (apocopated  to  gran 
before  noun  beginning  with  con- 
sonant);  sumo;  a  —  deal  of, 
mucho;  in  --  abundance,  en 
suma  abundancia. 

greater,  mayor;  the  — part,  la  m. 
parte. 

Greece,  Grecia  (/.). 

Greek,  el  griego. 

green,  s.,  el  verde;  el  verdor  (II, 
xiii,  21). 

green,  ADJ.,  verde. 

greenish,  verdoso. 

grey,  gris ;  pardo. 

grieve,  VA.,  afligir;  — ,  VN.,  afli- 
girse. 

ground,  el  suelo. 

grove,  la  arboleda.  [ii,  4). 

grow,    VN.,   *crecer;   *darse    (II, 

Guam,  Guajam  (m.). 

guest,  (hotel}  el  huesped;  (in- 
vited — )  el  convidado. 

guide,  el  guia. 

guileless,  sin  dolo. 

gulf,  el  golfo. 


habit,  la  costumbre;  to  be  in  the 

—  of  ( infin.),  *tener  c.  de. 
hail,  el  granizo. 

hair,  el  pelo;   los  cabellos  (pi.); 

(head  of  hair)  la  cabellera. 
half,  s.,  la  mitad. 
half,  ADJ.,  medio  (-a,  -os,  -as); 

—  obliterated,  medio  borrado. 
hall,  la  sala. 

hammer,  el  martillo. 

hammer,  VA.,  amartillar. 

hand,  la  mano;    (i.e.,  writing)  la 

letra;  to  write  a  good  hand,  tener 

buena   letra;    on   every  — ,  por 

todas  partes. 

handle,  (of  knife)  el  puno. 
handsome,  hermoso. 
hang,  VA.,  *colgar ;  to  —  up,  *col- 

gar. 

happen,  VN.,  suceder. 
happiness,  la  felicidad. 
happy,  feliz. 
harbor,  el  puerto. 
hard,  duro;  (difficult)  dificil. 
hardly,  apenas;  casi. 
hardness,  la  dureza. 
hark  !  \  escuche  Vd. ! 
harness,  VA.,  enganchar. 
Harold,  Haroldo. 
harvest,  la  cosecha. 
harvest,  VA.,  cosechar. 
hasten,   VA.,  apresurar;   — ,  VN., 

apresurarse. 
hat,  el  sombrero. 
haughty,  airoso. 
have,    (auxiliary    verb)    *haber; 

*tener ;  —  to,  *tener  que. 


VOCABULARY 


hay,  el  heno ;  — maker,  el  cose- 

chero  de  heno; making,  la 

cosecha  del  heno. 
haze,  la  neblina. 
he,  el. 

head,  la  cabeza. 

health,  la  salud.  [bueno. 

healthy,  sano;  - — food,  alimento 
heap,   el   monton;    — s  upon   — s, 

montones   sobre   montones;    in 

— s,  amontonado;   —  of  fallen 

stone,  derrumbamiento. 
hear,  VA.,  *oir;  escuchar;  — from, 

*tener  noticia  de;  —  that,  *oir 

*decir  que. 
heart,  el  corazon. 
hearth,  el  hogar. 
heat,  el  calor. 
heathen,  el  pagano. 
heaven,   el  cielo;    may  —  grant, 

plegue  a  Dios  que  (followed  by 

subjunctive). 
heavenly,  celeste. 
heavy,  pesado ;  (rain}  recio ;  (dew) 

denso. 

hedge,  el  seto. 
heel,  el  talon. 
height,  la  altura;  — s,  los  cerros 

(II,  xv,  13). 

help,  el  auxilio  ;  la  ayuda. 
help,    VA.,    ayudar;    /  cannot  — 

thinking,   no    puedo    menos   de 

pensar. 

hemp,  el  canamo. 
her,  (possessive]  su;  (objective)  la; 

(dative)  le. 
here,  aqui. 


heroine,  la  heroina. 

heron,  la  garza. 

hide,  el  cuero. 

hidden,  oculto. 

high,   alto;    elevado   (II,  xv,  4); 

the  wind  is  very  — ,  hace  mucho 

viento. 

highness,  la  alteza. 
highway,  la  calzada. 
hill,  la  colina. 
him,  le. 

hinder,  VA.,  *impedir. 
hinge,  VA.,  atar. 
his,  su  (//.  sus). 
history,  la  historia. 
hither,  aca;  alia  (I,  xxii,  27). 
hitherto,  anteriormente. 
hoar-frost,  la  escarcha. 
hold,    VA.,    poseer    (II,    vii,    7); 

mantener  (II,  vii,  12). 
hole,  el  hoyo;    (lair  of  wild  ani- 
mal) el  cubil. 
hollow,  ADJ.,  hueco. 
holly-tree,  el  acebo. 
holy,  santo. 
home,  la  casa ;  to  send  — ,  mandar 

a  c. ;  at  — ,  en  c. 
hook,   el  gancho;  fish  — ,  el  an- 

zuelo; and-ladder   truck,    el 

carro  de  escalas. 
hope,  la  esperanza ;   Cape  of  Good 

— ,  el  cabo  de  la  Buena  E. 
hope,  VN.,  esperar. 
horn.,  el  cuerno;  Cape  — ,  el  cabo 

de  Hornos. 
horizon,  el  horizonte. 
horse,  el  caballo. 


u8 


VOCABULARY 


horseman,  el  ginete. 

hose,  la  manguera ;  to  turn  the  — 

upon,  lanzar  chorros  sobre. 
hostess,  la  huespeda. 
hot,  caliente. 

hotel,  la  fonda.  [horas. 

hour,  la  hora;  small  — s,  altas 
house,  la  casa. 

house,  VA.,  almacenar.  [cuan. 
how,  como ;  (in  exclamations)  que, 
however,  sin  embargo;  al  con- 

trario  (II,  xv,  4);    (followed  by 

adjective),    por    [adjective']     que 

(followed  by  subjunctive). 
howling,  s.,  el  aullido. 
humor,  el  humor;    in  a  good  — , 

de  buen  h. 
hundred,    ciento    (apocopated    to 

cien  before  a  noun). 
Hungary,  Hungria  (/.). 
hunger,  el  hambre  (/.). 
hungry,    hambriento ;    to   be  — , 

*tener  hambre. 
hunt,  VA.,  cazar. 
hunter,  el  cazador. 
hurricane,  el  huracan. 
hush,  VA.,  acallar. 
hut,  la  choza. 
hyacinth,  el  jacinto. 

ice,  el  hielo. 

iceberg,  la  montana  de  hielo. 
ice-cream,  los  helados  (//.). 
icicle,  el  carambano;  el  tempano 

(II,  xv,  31). 
idleness,  la  ociosidad. 
if,  si. 


ill,  malo;   enfermo;    — -fed,  mal 

alimentado,  mal  nutrido. 
image,  la  imagen. 
imagine,  VA.,  figurarse. 
imminent:  to  be  — ,  amenazar. 
impart,  VA.,  *dar. 
impassable,  impracticable, 
imposing,  imponente. 
improve,  VA.,  mejorar. 
I,  yo. 
in,  en ;  — front,  enf rente ;  —  order 

to,  para,  a  fin  de. 
inch,  la  pulgada. 
inclemency  of   the  weather,   la 

intemperie. 
inclination,  la  gana;    to  have  an 

—  to  (infin.),  *tener  ganas  de. 
increase,  VA.,  aumentar;  — ,  VN., 

aumentarse. 
indeed,  de  veras. 
independent,  independiente.  . 
India,  la  India. 

Indian,  indio;  —  corn,  el  mafz. 
individual,  el  individuo. 
indolent,  ocioso. 
indoors,  en  casa. 
industry,  la  industria. 
infant,  el  nino. 
infliction,  el  disgusto. 
ingenuity,  el  genio. 
inhabit,  VA.,  habitar. 
inhabitant,  el  habitante. 
ink,  la  tinta. 
inkstand,  el  tintero. 
inlay  \with],  incrustar  [dej. 
inlet,  el  canalizo.  [crito). 

inscribe,    VA.,    inscribir   (PP.  ins- 


insert,  VA.,  *introducir. 

insist,  VN.,  insistir. 

instance,  el  ejemplo;/0r — ,  por  e. 

instead  of,  en  vez  de. 

instruct,  VA.,  ensenar;  *instruir; 
to  —  anyone  in  anything,  en- 
senar algo  a  alguien. 

insupportable,  insoportable. 

intend  [to\,  *tener  intencion  [de]. 

interesting,  interesante. 

interrupt,  VA.,  interrumpir. 

intersect,  VA.,  entrecortar. 

into,  en. 

invite,  VA.,  convidar. 

Ireland,  Irlanda  (/.). 

Irish,  irlandes. 

iron,  el  hierro. 

irrigation,  el  riego. 

island,  la  isla. 

islet,  el  islote. 

isolated,  aislado. 

issue,  VA.,  emitir. 

isthmus,  el  istmo.  \noun). 

it,  lo  (la  if  representing  a  feminine 

Italy,  Italia  (/.). 

its,  su. 

itself,  mismo  (-a,  -os,  -as). 

jagged,  escarpado. 

James,  Diego. 

Japanese,  jajDones  (f.  japonesa). 

Jennie,  Quanita. 

jest,  VN.,  burlarse. 

jewel,  la  alhaja. 

jeweler,  el  joyero. 

jiffy,  el  nada. 

jog,  VA.,  estimular. 


or  THE 

ITY     I 

119 

?,""VA.,  (put  together]  unir;  (as- 
sociate one's  self  to)  unirse  a. 

joyous,  alegre. 

judge,  el  juez.  [j.  por. 

judge,   VA.,   juzgar;    to  —  by,   a 

Juliet,  Julieta. 

jump,  VN.,  saltar;  — at  a  conclu- 
sion, llegar  a  una  conclusion. 

junction,  la  union. 

June,  junio. 

jungle,  el  matorral. 

just,  justo;  -  -  as,  justamente 
como ;  —  now,  en  la  actualidad. 

keep,  VA.,  *mantener ;  *retener;  — 
back,  reprimir;  —  open,  *tener 
abierto;  — time,  echar  el  com- 
pas ;  to  —  watch  over,  velar. 

kettle,  la  caldera. 

key,  la  Have. 

kill,  VA.,  matar;  to  —  with  one's 
shoes,  m.  a  zapatazos. 

kind,  la  especie;  la  clase;  any 
other  — ,  cualquier  otra  clase. 

kind  {toward},  bueno  [con]. 

kindness,  la  bondad. 

king,  el  rey. 

kingdom,  el  reino. 

kiss,  VA.,  besar. 

kitten,  la  gatita. 

knife,  el  cuchillo. 

knight,  el  caballero. 

knob,  (of  door)  el  puno. 

know,  VA.,  *conocer;  *saber. 

knowledge,  el  conocimiento;  los 
conocimientos  (//.)  (II,  x,  n). 

known,  conocido. 


I2O 


VOCABULARY 


labyrinth,  el  laberinto. 

labor,  el  trabajo. 

lack,  VN.,  f altar  (§  1163). 

lacking:  to  be  — ,  VN.,  faltar. 

ladder,  la  escala. 

Ladrones,  las  Marianas,  las  islas 

Marianas, 
lady,  la  dama ;  la  senora ;  old  — , 

la  anciana ;  young — ,  la  senorita. 
lake,  el  lago. 
lamp,  la  lampara. 
land,  la  tierra. 

landing-place,  el  punto  de  escala. 
landscape,  el  paisaje. 
language,  el  idioma. 
larch,  el  larice. 
large,  grande  (gran  before  singular 

noun  beginning  with  consonant). 
larger,  mas  grande,  mayor. 
largest,  mas  grande ;  mayor. 
last,    ultimo;    --   night,   anoche; 

—  week,  la  semana  pasada ;  — 

month,  el  mes  pasado;  — year, 

el  ano  pasado;  at — ,  al  fin. 
late,  tarde;  ultimo;    (hour)  avan- 

zado. 

lately,  ultimamente. 
latter,  este  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;  ultimo, 
laugh,  VN.,  *reir. 
law,  la  ley. 
lawsuit,  el  pleito. 
lawyer,  el  abogado. 
lay,  VA.,  derribar  (II,  xiii,  37). 
lazy,   ADJ.,   holgazan    (/.   holga- 

zana);  perezoso. 

lead,  el  plomo.  [extraviar. 

0         lead,    VA.,   *conducir;   —  astray, 


leaf,  la  hoja. 

league,  la  legua. 

leap,  VN.,  saltar;  — into  existence, 

*renacer  de  un  salto. 
learn,   VA.,    (by   study)    aprender; 

(hear  news)  *saber. 
learned,  sabio. 
least,  ADJ.,  menor. 
least,  ADV.,  menos ;  at — ,  por  lo  m. 
leather,  el  cuero. 
leave,  VA.,  dejar;  —  behind,  d.  en 

zaga;    — ,    VN.,    (depart)   *irse, 

marcharse;  (set  off  on  a  journey) 

partir,  *salir. 
lecture,  la  conferencia;  deliver  a 

— ,  celebrar  una  c. 
left,  izquierdo. 
leg,  la  pierna. 
lemonade,  la  limonada. 
lend,  VA.,  prestar. 
length,  la  longitud. 
lengthen,  VN.,  *ser  mas  largo  (II, 

xi,  31)- 

lesson,  la  leccion. 

less,  ADJ.,  menor. 

less,  ADV.,  menos. 

lest,  para  que  no  {followed  by 
subjunctive)  (I,  xix,  25);  para  el 
caso  de  que  (I,  xix,  26). 

let,  VA.,  dejar;  —  alone,  d.  en 
paz;  -with  an  imperative  value 
and  followed  by  a  dependent 
verb,  the  latter  in  Spanish  be- 
comes subjunctive,  preceded  or 
not  by  que:  —  him  come  in,  que 
entre ;  —  him  do  what  he  may, 
haga  lo  que  pueda. 


VOCABULARY 


121 


letter,  (of  alphabet)  laletra;  (com- 
munication) la  carta. 

level,  s.,  el  nivel ;  the  sea  — ,  el  n. 
del  mar. 

level,  VA.,  (throw  down)  abatir. 

liar,  el  embustero. 

library,  la  biblioteca.  [atroz. 

lie,  la  mentira;  abandoned — ,  m. 

lie,  VN.,  *yacer. 

lieutenant,  el  teniente. 

life,  la  vida;  never  in  my  — ,  en 
mi  v.  (§  728);  —  size,  del  tamanp 
de  la  v. 

lift,  VA.,  levantar. 

light,  S.,  la  luz;  by  the  —  of,  al 
resplandor  de  (II,  xv,  22). 

light,  (in  color)  claro;  (in  weight) 
ligero;  (trifling)  frivolo;  esbelto 
(II,  x,  6). 

light,  VA.,  (kindle)  *encender ;  (il- 
lumine) alumbrar ;  —  upon,  *caer 
sobre  (I,  xvi,  12). 

lighthouse,  el  faro. 

lightning,  el  relampago;  flash  of 

— ,  el  relampago ; rod,  el  pa- 

rarrayo. 

like,  ADV.,  como,  cual. 

like,  VA.,*querer;  often  equivalent 
to  gustar:  /  --  her,  ella  me 
gusta ;  do  you  —  to  sew  ?  £  le 
gusta  a  Vd.  coser  ?  /  should  — , 
quisiera. 

likely,  probable. 

lily,  el  lirio. 

limit,  el  Hmite. 

line,  la  linea. 

lion,  el  leon. 


lip,  el  labio. 

listen  \to\  VA.,  escuchar. 

little,   (size)   pequeno;    (quantity) 

poco ;  —  one,  el  nino. 
live,  VN.,  vivir ;  residir  (II,  xii,  14) ; 

—  upon,  vivir  de. 
lively,  vivo, 
living,  ADJ.,  vivo, 
location,  la  colocacion. 
lock,  la  cerradura. 
locksmith,  el  cerrajero. 
London,  Londres. 

long,  largo ;  two  feet  — ,  dos  pies  de 
1. ;  (of  time)  largo  tiempo ;  how — , 
cuanto  tiempo ;  so  — ,  tanto  tiem- 
po ;  to  be  —  in,  tardar  mucho  en. 

longer,  ADJ.,  mas  largo;  — ,  ADV., 
mas  tiempo;  no  — ,  (with  verb) 
ya  no. 

longing,  anhelo ;    to  have  a  great 

—  for  anything,  anhelar  mucho 
alguna  cosa. 

longitude,  la  longitud  terrestre 
(la  longitud  ordinarily  means 
"length  "except  where  the  number 
of  degrees  is  expressed). 

look,  VN.,  mirar ;  (to  seem)*parecer ; 

—  at,  mirar;   echar  una  ojeada 
a  (I,  xiii,  7) ;  — for,  VA.,  buscar ; 

—  into,  mirar;    ver  (II,  xii,  44); 

—  like,  *parecer;    *parecer  ser 
(II,  ix,  1 6). 

loom  up,  VN.,  subir. 

lose,  VA.,  *perder. 

loss,  la  perdida. 

lost,  perdido ;  to  get  — ,  *perderse. 

loud,  formidable  (II,  xiii,  53). 


122 


VOCABULARY 


love,  el  amor;  for  the  —  of,  por 

a.  de;   to  make  —  to,  galantear. 
love,  VA.,  (a  person)  *querer;   (a 

thing)   amar;   /  love  to  see,  me 

gusta  ver. 
lovely,  bello. 
lover,  el  pretendiente;  (colloquial) 

el  cortejo. 

loving,  ADJ.,  carinoso. 
low,  ADJ.,  bajo. 
lowering,  amenazante. 
luck,  la  suerte. 
lung,  el  pulmon. 
lustre,  el  brillo. 
luxuriant,    exuberante;     con    ex- 

uberancia  (II,  x,  13). 
luxuriously,  con  lujo. 
luxury,  el  lujo. 

mackintosh,  el  impermeable. 

made,  PP.,  hecho. 

magazine,  (com.)  el  almacen; 
povvder  — ,  la  santa  barbara. 

Magellan,  Magallanes. 

magic,  la  magia. 

magnificent,  magmfico. 

majestic,  majestuoso. 

mail,  el  correo. 

maintain,  VA.,  *mantener. 

major,  el  comandante. 

make,  VA.,  *hacer ;  —  excuses,  *dar 
excusas  (/.);  —  coins,  acunar  mo- 
neda ;  —  an  end  of,  acabar  con. 

Malay,  malayo.  [ven. 

man,  el  hombre;  young — ,  el  jo- 
manage,  VA.,  mane  jar. 

manganese,  el  manganese. 


manifest,  VA.,  *manifestar. 

manner,  la  manera,  el  modo;  in 
the  —  of,  a  manera  de. 

manners,  los  modales. 

manufacturer,  el  manufacturero. 

many,  mtN^ios  (-as);  so — ,  tantos 
(-as);  otros  tantos  (II,  v,  22); 
'so  — people,  tantos  hombres. 

map,  el  mapa. 

marble,  el  marmol. 

march,  (mil.)  la  marcha ;  (month) 
el  marzo. 

march,  VN.,  marchar. 

mark,  la  senal. 

mark,  VA.,  indicar;  senalar;  mar- 
car  (II,  xv,  7). 

market,  el  mercado. 

marsh,  el  pantano. 

marvellous,  maravilloso. 

Mary,  Maria. 

masquerade-ball,  el  baile  de  mas- 
caras. 

mass,  la  masa ;  la  mole  (II,  xv,  16). 

master,  el  maestro. 

mate,  la  companera. 

matter,  la  materia;  (business)  el 
asunto;  what  is  the  — ?  ique 
hay? 

me,  me. 

meadow,  el  prado. 

mean,  VN.,  *querer  decir. 

means,  el  medio  (sing.) ;  by  —  of, 
por  m.  de. 

meantime :  in  the  — ,  entretanto. 

measure,  s.,  la  medida. 

measure,  VA.,  *medir. 

meat,  la  came. 


VOCABULARY 


123 


meet,  VA.,*encontrar;  — ,  VN.,  reu- 

nir ;  —  together,  reunirse ;  —  with 

an    accident,    *tener    una    des- 

gracia;  to —  them,  a  su  encuentro. 
meeting,  la  reunion ;  la  sesion. 
melancholy,  ADJ.,  melancolico. 
melt,  VA.,  fundir;  *derretir  (II,  v, 

7) ;  — ,  VN.,  f  undirse ;  *derretirse ; 

*deshacerse  (II,  xv,  21). 
member,  el  miembro. 
memory,  la  memoria. 
mend,  VA.,  *remendar. 
mention,  VA.,  indicar. 
merchant,  el  comerciante. 
mercurial,  (Jig.)  veleidoso. 
mercy,  la  misericordia. 
mere,  ADJ.,  mero. 
merely,  tan  solo, 
merit,  VA.,  *merecer. 
merry,  alegre. 
message,  la  comunicacion. 
method,  el  metodo. 
Mexico,  Mejico  (m.). 
midday,  el  mediodia. 
middle,    el    medio ;     in    the    - 

of,   about  the  —   of,   a    media- 

dos  de. 
midnight,  la  medianoche ;  the  — 

oil,  el  aceite  del  estudiante  noc- 

turno  (I,  xiii,  3). 
midst,  el  medio ;  in  the  —  of,  en 

medio  de ;  in  their  — ,  en  medio 

de  ellos. 

migrate,  VN.,  emigrar. 
mild,  benigno. 
mile,  la  milla. 
mind,  la  mente. 


mine,  s.,  la  mina. 

mine,  VA.,  sacar  de  las  minas. 

mingle,    VA.,    mezclar ;    — ,   VN., 

mezclarse. 

minister,  el  ministro. 
misfortune,  la  desgracia. 
Miss,  Dona,  la  Senorita. 
miss,  VA.,  *perder;  (a  person  who 

is  absent)  echar  menos. 
Mississippi,  el  Misisipi. 
Missouri,  el  Misuri. 
mist,  la  bruma  (II,  xv,  38). 
mistake,  la  f alta ;  el  error, 
mistletoe,  el  muerdago. 
mistress,  el  ama  (/.). 
misty,  nebuloso. 
mix,  VA.,  mezclar. 
mixture,  la  mezcla. 
mob,  el  motin. 
modern,  moderno. 
moist,  humedo.          [(II,  xiv,  27). 
moment,  el  momento;  el  instante 
Monday,  el  lunes. 
money,  el  dinero. 
Mongolian,  mongolico. 
month,  el  mes. 
moon,  la  lima. 
moonlight,  la  luz  de  laluna;   el 

claro  de  luna;  it  is  — ,  hay  clari- 

dad  de  luna. 
Moor,  el  Moro. 
Moorish,  morisco. 
morbid,  lugubre. 
more,  mas ;   —  than  ever,   m.  que 

nunca. 

moreover,  hay  mas.        [por  la  m. 
morning,   la  manana;    in  the  — , 


^ 


124 


VOCABULARY 


mortifying,  to  be  —  to  anyone,  con- 

trariar  a  alguien. 
mosque,  la  mezquita. 
mossy,  musgoso. 
most,  mas ;  (majority}  los  mas,  las 

mas;  —  of,  los  (las)  mas  de. 
mother,  la  madre. 
motive,  ADJ.,  motriz. 
mould,  VA.,  modelar. 
mound,  el  tumulo.  [Tharn. 

mount,  el  monte;  —  Tarn,  el  M. 
mount,  VN.,  montar;  subirse. 
mountain,  la  montana ;  —  chain, 

la  cordillera. 
mournful,  lugubre. 
mouse,  el  raton. 
mouth,  la  boca. 
move,  VA.,  *mover;  — ,  VN.,  *mo- 

verse ;  to  —  on,  *seguir  su  mar- 

cha. 

mower,  el  guadanador. 
Mr.,  Senor. 
much,  mucho  (-a);    so  — ,  tanto 

(-a) ;  very  — ,  muchisimo. 
mud,  el  lodo. 
mule,  la  mula. 
murmur,  el  murmullo. 
music,  musica;    to  the  —  of,  al 

compas  de. 
muslin,  la  muselina. 
musician,  el  musico. 
my,  mi  (//.  mis). 
myself,  (as  sttbject]  yo  mismo. 
mystery,  el  misterio. 

nail,  el  clavo ;  (of  finger)  la  una. 
name,  s.,  el  nombre. 


name,  VA.,  llamar;    so  — ed,   asi 

llamado. 

narrow,  angosto. 
narrows,  la  angostura  (sing!). 
native,  el  indigena. 
nature,    la   naturaleza;    good  — , 

buen  humor  (speaking  of  a  per- 
son}. 

nay  more,  hay  mas. 
near,  cerca  de. 
nearly,  casi. 
necessary,  preciso. 
neck,  el  cuello. 
need,  s.,  la  necesidad;  to  be  in  — 

of,  necesitar. 
need,  VA.,  necesitar. 
neglectful,  negligente. 
neighbor,  el  vecino. 
neighboring,  vecino. 
nephew,  el  sobrino. 
nerve,  el  nervio. 
nest,  el  nido. 
network,  la  red. 
never,  nunca,  jamas  (require,  when 

following  a  verb,  that  no  precede 

the  verb) ;   —  in  my  life,  en  mi 

vida  (§  728). 

nevertheless,  sin  embargo, 
new,  nuevo;    reciente  (I,  x,  20); 
-  -found,  recien  hallado;    - 

world,  el  Nuevo  Mundo. 
news,  las  noticias. 
newspaper,  el  periodico. 
New-York,  Nueva  York, 
next,  proximo;    (adjoining)  conti- 

guo;    —  winter,  el   invierno  p. 

(or,  que  viene) ;   —  Tuesday,  el 


VOCABULARY 


martes  que  viene;  —  month,  el 
mes  que  viene;  —  summer,  el 
verano  que  viene. 

nice,  bueno,  delicioso. 

Nicholas,  Nicolas. 

niece,  la  sobrina. 

night,  la  noche ;  last  — ,  anoche  ; 
to ,  esta  n. 

nightfall :  at  — ,  al  anochecer. 

nine,  nueve. 

no,  ninguno  (-a),  (shortened  to  nin- 
gun  before  masc.  sing,  nouns) ; 
—  one,  —  body,  nadie.  *^ 

noise,  el  ruido. 

none,  ninguno  (-a,  -os,  -as). 

nor,  tampoco ;  neither . . .  — ,  ni . . .  t. 

Norman,  normando. 

north,  el  norte;  of  the  — ,  septen- 
trional; -  America,  Norte- 
America. 

north,  ADV.,  al  norte. 

northern,  del  norte;  septentrional 

(II,  XV,  22). 

Norway,  Noruega  (/.). 

nose,  la  nariz. 

not,  no. 

noteworthy,  notable. 

nothing,  nada ;  —  more,  nada  mas. 

notice,  VA.,  notar. 

notwithstanding,  a  pesar  de. 

novel,  la  novela. 

November,  noviembre. 

now,  ahora,  ya ;    —  and  then,  de 

vez  en  cuando;  just  — ,   en  la 

actualidad. 
nozzle,  la  boca(//^  technical  term  is 

el  boquerel,  boca  being  popular). 


nurse,  VA.,  cuidar. 
nutritious,  nutritivo. 

oak,  el  roble. 

Oar,  el  remo. 

oats,  la  avena. 

obey,  VN.,  *obedecer ;  — ,  VA.,  *obe- 

decer  a. 

Object,  s.,  el  objeto. 
oblige,  VA.,  obligar;   to  be  — d  to, 

*tener  que  (II,  xi,  17). 
obliged  [to],  obligado  [a]. 
oblique,  oblicuo. 
obliterate,  VA.,  borrar. 
Obtain,  VA.,  *obtener;  *conseguir 

(II,  x,  12). 
ocean,  el  oceano. 
occasion,  s.,  la  epoca. 
occasion,  VA.,  ocasionar. 
occasional :  an  — ,  uno  que  otro. 
occupied,  ocupado. 
occupy,  VA.,  ocupar. 
occur,    VN.,    presentarse;    ocurrir 

(II,  v,  22 ;  II,  vii,  5). 
occurrence,  el  suceso. 
O'clock:   at  one  — -,  a  la  una;    at 

two  — ,  a  las  dos ;    it  is  one  — , 

es  la  una;   it  is  two  (three,  etc.) 

— ,  son  las  dos  (tres,  etc.). 
October,  el  octubre. 
Of,  de. 

Off,  (naut.)  a  la  altura  de. 
Offer,  la  oferta. 

offer,  VA.,  *ofrecer.  [xxi,  6). 

office,  el  despacho;  la  funcion  (I, 
officer,  el  oficial. 
often,  a  menudo. 


126 


VOCABULARY 


oil,    el    aceite;    midnight —    (see 

burn), 
old,     viejo;     (of    long    standing) 

antiguo;   an  —  man,  un  viejo, 

(more  politely}  un  anciano. 
olive,  la  aceituna;  — tree,  el  acei- 

tuno. 
on,  en ;  sobre ;  —  boar d of  ,  a  bordo 

de  ;  —  all fours,  a  gatas. 
once,  una  vez ;    antes  (II,  vi,  3); 

all  at  — ,  de  sopeton. 
One,    uno ;     un   solo;    un   mismo; 

—  another,    unos    a    otros;    to 

speak    to   —    another,    hablarse 

unos  a  otros ;  with  —  another, 

entre    si ;    some  — ,   any  — ,  al- 

guien  ;  no  — ,  not  any  — ,  nadie ; 

every  — ,  todo  el  mundo. 
only,  ADJ.,  (sole)  unico. 
only,  ADV.,  solo;    solamente;    no 

.  .  .  sino;  unicamente  (II,  v,  4). 
opal,  el  opalo. 
opera,   la   opera;    —  glasses,    los 

gemelos ;  —  house,  la  opera. 
Operate,  VA.,  *hacer  funcionar. 
Open,  ADJ.,  abierto ;  (sea)  libre. 
open,  VA.,  abrir. 
oppose,  VA.,  *oponer. 
opposite,  opuesto;  de  enfrente;  al 

frente  de  (I,  xiv,  9). 
Opportunity,  la  ocasion. 
Or,  6;  u  (before  o-  or  ho-). 
orange,  la  naranja;    (tree)  el  na- 

ranjo;  — grove,  el  naranjal. 
orchard,  la  huerta. 
order,    el  orden ;    in  —  to,  para ; 

a  fin  de ;  in  —  that,  a  fin  de  que. 


order,  VA.,  mandar. 

organ,  el  organo. 

ornament,  el  adorno. 

ornamental,  pintoresco. 

Other,  otro  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;  (mean- 
ing "the  remaining'1'')  demas; 
the  — s,  los  (las)  demas ;  on  the 
—  side,  al  otro  lado. 

ought,  VN.,  deber. 

our,  nuestro  (-a,  -os,  -as). 

ourselves,  nos. 

outer,  exterior. 

outside,  afuera. 

outskirt,  el  borde. 

oval,  ADJ.,  ovalado. 

Over,  encima  de;  por;  sobre; 
(with  numerals)  mas  de. 

overflow,  VA.,  inundar. 

overgrown  [with],  cubierto  [de]. 

overhead,  por  arriba  (II,  vi,  15). 

overlaid  [with],  incrustado  [de]. 

overthrow,  v  A.,  derribar ;  to  be  — n, 
desplomarse  (I,  xxiii,  7). 

owe,  VA.,  deber. 

owing  [to],  debido  [a]. 

owl,  el  buho. 

own,  propio  (-a,  -os,  -as). 

own,  VA.,  poseer. 

OX,  el  buey.  [rrosa. 

oxide,  el  oxido ;  —  of  iron,  capa- 

oyster,  la  ostra;  (Span.  America) 
el  ostion. 

Pacific,  el  Pacifico. 
paint,  VA.,  pintar. 
pair,  el  par. 
pale,  palido. 


VOCABULARY 


127 


pane,  el    cristal;    —  of  glass,  el 

cristal. 

panic,  el  panico. 
paper,   el   papel;    (newspaper)    el 

periodico. 

parachute,  el  paracaidas. 
parched,  agostado. 
pardon,  el  perdon;  I  beg  your — , 

perdoneme  Vd. 
pardon,  VA.,  perdonar. 
Paris,  Paris. 
park,  el  parque. 
parlor,  el  salon. 
part,  la  parte. 
partake,  VA.,  participar. 
particle,  la  particula. 
particular,  especial. 
particularly,  especialmente. 
partner,  (business],  el  socio. 
party,  la  compania;  (political}  el 

partido. 
pass,  VA.,  pasar ;  (a  bill]  *aprobar; 

—  by,  pasar  por  delante  de. 
passage,  el  paso;  la  travesia;  el 

paso  (II,  xv,  29);   to  permit  the 

—  of,  dar  p.  a 
passenger,  el  pasajero. 
passionately:   to  be  —  fond  of, 

*estar  sumamente  aficionado  a. 
pasture,  el  pasto. 
path,  el  sendero ;  la  senda. 
patient,  s.,  el  enfermo. 
patiently,  con  paciencia. 
pay,  VA.,  pagar;  —  one's  expenses, 

sufragar  los  gastos  de. 
pea,  el  guisante;  (Span.  America) 

el  chicharo. 


peace,  la  paz. 

peaceful,  pacifico. 

peak,  el  pico. 

pear,  la  pera. 

pearl,  la  perla.  [nacarado. 

pearly,  bianco  como  las  perlas; 

peasant,  el  campesino. 

peculiar,  propio  (II,  xi,  16). 

peculiarity,  la  particularidad. 

pen,  la  pluma. 

penal,  penitenciario. 

penetrating,  penetrante. 

people,  la  gente;  el  pueblo;  los 
hombres,  (//.)  (I,  xx,  5);  las 
personas  (II,  xi,  27);  young — , 
los  jovenes  (pi.}. 

perceive,  VA.,  apercibir;  echar  de    • 
ver  (II,  xiii,  44). 

perforate,  oradar. 

perhaps,  quiza;  quizas  (before 
•vowel  sound} ;  tal  vez. 

period,  el  periodo. 

permeate,  VA.,  penetrar  por. 

permission,  el  permiso. 

permit,  VA.,  permitir;  —  the  pas- 
sage of,  *dar  paso  a. 

petal,  el  petalo. 

petition,  VA.,  *rogar. 

phenomenon,  el  fenomeno. 

Philippine,  Filipino;  in  the  — s, 
en  Filipinas. 

Philip,  Felipe. 

physician,  el  medico. 

physics,  la  fisica  (sing.}. 

picture,  el  cuadro. 

picturesque,  pintoresco. 

piece,  el  pedazo. 


128 


VOCABULARY 


pierce,  VA.,  penetrar. 

piercing,  penetrante. 

pigeon,  la  paloma. 

pillar,  el  pilar ;  Cape  — ,  el  cabo 
de  Pilares. 

pillow,  la  almohada. 

pine,  el  pino. 

pipe,  la  pipa. 

pirate,  el  corsario. 

pistol,  la  pistola. 

pity,  la  lastima;  what  a  — ,  que  1. 

pity,  VA.,  *compadecerse  de. 

place,  el  lugar;  el  sitio;  el  caso 
(I,  xxii,  25);  lauding  — ,  punto 
de  escala. 

place,  VA.,  colocar;  fijar  (II,  v,  13). 

plain,  el  llano;  la  llanura;  la  pla- 
nicie  (I,  xxv,  18);  la  sabana  (II, 
vii,  15). 

plan,  el  proyecto. 

plane,  (flat  surface}  el  piano; 
(tool}  el  cepillo. 

plant,  la  planta. 

plant,  VA.,  plantar ;  (seeds,  grain] 
sembrar. 

planter,  el  colono. 

platinum,  la  platina. 

plausible,  fidedigno. 

play,  el  juego ;  (theatrical perform- 
ance} la  funcion. 

play,     VA.,    (musical    instrument) 
tocar;     taner    (I,    xvi,     17);    - 
cards,   jugar  a  los  naipes;  —  a 
fart,  *hacer  un  papel;  —  upon, 
lanzar  torrentes  sobre. 

player,  el  comediante. 

pleasant,  agradable. 


please,    VA.,    gustar;    *convenir ; 
—  give    me  .   .   .,  sirvase    Vd. 

darme  .  .  . ;  —  be  seated,  sirvase 

Vd.  tomar  asiento. 
pleasure,  el  gusto;  el  deleite  (I, 

xix,  17,  18;  II,  xii,  19);  el  placer 

(II,  xii,  1 6). 
plenty,  la  abundancia. 
plum,  la  ciruela. 
pocket,  el  bolsillo. 
poet,  el  poeta. 
point,    (tip,  extremity}   la  punta; 

(locality}   el  punto;    boiling  — , 

punto  de  ebulicion ;  freezing — , 

punto  de  congelacion. 
point,  VA.,  dirijir;  —  out,  VA.,  in- 

dicar. 

poke,  VA.,  atizar. 
Poland,  Polonia  (/.). 
police,  la  policia. 
policeman,  el  sereno. 
polish,  VA.,  pulir. 
pond,  el  estanque ;  la  laguna. 
pony,  la  jaca;  little  — ,  jaquita. 
poor,  pobre. 
population,     la     poblacion ;      el 

pueblo  (II,  ii,  8). 
porcelain,  la  porcelana. 
portion,  la  parte. 
portrait,  el  retrato. 
Portuguese,  portugues. 
position,  el  puesto. 
possess,  VA.,  poseer. 
possession,  el  bien. 
postage-stamp,  el  sello  de  correo. 
post  office,  la  oficina  del  correo. 
pot,  la  olla. 


VOCABULARY 


129 


pounce    [upon],   VN.,    precipitarse 

[sobre]. 
power,   el  poder;    (mechanics)  la 

f uerza ;  water  — ,  f .  de  agua. 
powerful,  poderoso. 
practicable,  dable  (II,  iv,  7). 
prairie,  la  pradera. 
preceded  [by\,  precidido  [de]. 
precipitous,  escarpado ;  empinado. 
prefer,  VA.,  *preferir. 
preferable,  preferible. 
preliminary,  prelim inar. 
present, (^>//e')actual ;  (posttion)pre- 

sente ;  at  — ,  al  presente,  ahora. 
presently,  luego. 
pressed,  acosado. 
pressure,  la  presion. 
pretend,  VA.,  fingir. 
pretty,  bonito;  dulce  (II,  xi,  18); 

(tolerably]    bastante;     -  -    well, 

bastante  bien. 
prevail,  VN.,  *prevalecer. 
prevent,  VA.,  *impeclir. 
previous,  anterior. 
prey,  la  presa. 
price,  el  precio. 
princess,  la  princesa. 
principality,  el  principado. 
priest,  el  cura. 
prime,  ADJ.,  primer, 
prince,  el  principe. 
principle,  el  principio. 
prism,  el  prisma. 
prisoner,  el  prisionero. 
prize,  la  presa. 
proceed,  VN.,  dirigirse. 
process,  el  procedimiento. 


proclaim,  VA.,  proclamar. 
procure,  vA.,*conseguir  (I,xvii,  3). 
produce,  VA.,  *producir. 
profess,  VA.,  *profesar.  [tico. 

professor,  (university)  el  catedra- 
profit,  s.,  el  provecho. 
profit,  VA.,  valer;   —  by,  aprove- 

charse  de. 

progress,  el  progreso. 
project,  s.,  el  proyecto. 
project,  VN.,  surgir. 
promenade,  el  paseo. 
prominent,  prominente. 
promise,  VA.,  prometer. 
promising,  prometedor. 
promptness,  la  prontitud. 
proper,  conveniente ;  propiamente 

dicho  (II,  xv,  10);  it  is  —  that, 

conviene  que;  it  is  not  —  that, 

no  esta  bien  que. 
propose,  VA.,  *proponer. 
proprietor,    el    amo;    el    propie- 

tario  (I,  xi,  27). 
prosperous :  to  prove  — ,  *dar  prue- 

bas  de  prosperidad. 
protect,    VA.,   guardar;    proteger; 

—  against,  proteger  de. 
prove,  VA.,  *probar ;  — ,  VN.,  *mos- 

trarse ;    to   —    to    be,    resultar; 

—  prosperous,  *dar  pruebas  de 
prosperidad. 

provide,  VA.,  proporcionar. 
provided,  con  tal  [de]  que;  siem- 

pre  que. 
prow,  la  proa. 
public,  s.,  el  publico;    in  — ,  en 

publico,  publicamente. 


130 


VOCABULARY 


pull  out,  VA.,  sacar. 
pupil,  el  alumno. 
pureness,  la  pureza. 
purity,  la  pureza. 
purple,  morado. 
purse,  la  bolsa ;  bad  — ,  b.  flaca. 
put,  VA.,  *poner ;  —  to  bed,  *acos- 
tar;  —  up  with,  aguantar. 

quadruple,  VA.,  cuadruplicar. 

quality,  la  calidad. 

quantity,  la  cantidad. 

quarrel,  la  querella. 

quarrel,   VN.,  renir ;  —  with,  re- 

iiirse  con. 

quartermaster,  el  contramaestre. 
quartz,  el  cuarzo. 
queen,  la  reina. 
question,  la  pregunta;    /'/  is  a  — 

of,  se  trata  de. 
quickly,  pronto, 
quicksilver,  el  azogue. 
quite,  muy;  bastante;  —  a  scare, 

un  gran  susto. 

race,  la  raza. 

rage,    VN.,    bramar;     rugir    (II, 

ix,  12). 

rail,  (rr,)  el  riel  (or  rail). 
railroad,  el  camino  de  hierro,  el 

ferrocarril. 
rain,  s.,  la  lluvia. 
rain,  VN.,  Hover, 
raise,  VA.,  elevar;  (crops)  cultivar; 

levantar  (II,  vi,  3). 
rally,  VN.,  recuperarse. 
rank,  el  rango. 


rapidity,  la  rapidez. 

rare,  raro. 

rarely,  raras  veces. 

rat,  la  rata. 

rather  than,  mas  bien  que. 

rattle,  VN.,  retumbar. 

raving,  el  delirio. 

ray,  el  rayo;  —  of  dawn,  la  albo- 

rada. 

reach,  s.  (see  broad), 
reach,  VA.,  llegar  a. 
read,  VA.,  leer. 
reading-room,   la    biblioteca;    la 

sala  de  lectura. 
ready,  listo. 
real,  ADJ.,  verdadero. 
real,  ADV.,  (quite,  very)  bien,  muy. 
really,  de  veras ;    verdaderamente 

(II,  *v,  33). 
reason,  la  razon ;   to  have  —  to, 

*tener  motive  para, 
recall,  VA.,  *recordar. 
receive,  VA.,  recibir;  (welcome  a 

person}  acoger. 
recent,  reciente. 
reclaim,  VA.,  reclamar. 
recognize,  VA.,  *reconocer. 
recompense,  la  recompensa. 
record,  VA.,  apuntar. 
recover,  VA.,  reparar  (II,  xiii,  37). 
recovery,  el  restablecimiento. 
red,    rojo;    Colorado;    encarnado 

(II,  i,  9);   in  the  —  sunset,  bajo- 

los  rojos  rayos  del  sol  poniente. 
redskin,  el  piel  rojo. 
reduce,  VA.,  *reducir ;  to  —  to  ashes, 

r.  a  cenizas. 


VOCABULARY 


reel,  el  carretel. 

reference:   books  of  — ,  libros  de 

consulta. 

reflect,  VA.,  reflejar. 
refresh,  VA.,  refrescar. 
refreshing,     ref  rescante ;      vivifi- 

cante. 

refuse,  VA.,  rechazar. 
regard,    el    concepto  (II,    ii,    8); 

•with  —  to,  en  respecto  de. 
relentless,  inexorable. 
remain,  VN.,  quedar ;  *permanecer ; 

quedarse. 

remains,  s.,  los  restos  (//.). 
remarkable,  notable. 
remarks,  las  palabras. 
remember,  VA.,  *recordar;  *acor- 

darse  de. 
remembrance,  el  recuerdo;    in  — 

of,  en  memoria  de. 
rent,  VA.,  alquilar. 
renowned,  celebre. 
remote,  remoto. 
repeat,  VA.,  *repetir. 
reprimand,  la  reconvencion. 
require,  VA.,  exigir. 
rescue,  VA.,  rescatar. 
residence,  la  casa. 
resist,  VN.,  resistir;  — ,  VA.,  resis- 

tir  a. 

resolute,  resuelto. 
resolved,  resuelto. 
resound,  VN.,  repercutir. 
resource,  el  recurso. 
respect  [for],  el  respeto  [a]. 
resplendent,  resplandeciente. 
rest,  VN.,  descansar. 


restrain,  VA.,  *contener. 

retreat,  VN.,  retirarse. 

return,  la  vuelta. 

return,  VA.,  {give  back)  *devolver ; 

{pay  back}  repagar  (II,  xiv,  2); 

— ,  VN.,  (come  or  go  back)  *vol- 

ver;  (go  back)  regresar. 
reveal,  VA.,  revelar. 
revisit,  VA.,  *volver  a  visitar. 
reviving,  vivificante. 
revolt,  la  sublevacion. 
revolutionize,  VA.,  revolucionar. 
revolver,  el  revolver. 
reward,  VA.,  recompensar. 
rich,  rico. 
richness,  riqueza. 
ride,  VA.,  (an  animal)  *ir  montado 

en;  — ,  VN.,  (in  carriage)  *ir  erf*' 

coche;  (on  horseback)   *ir  a  ca- 

ballo. 

rider,  el  ginete. 
right,  el  derecho. 
right,  ADJ.,  correcto;    to  be  —  to 

(infin.)  *tener  razon  de;    (oppo- 
site of  "left")  derecho. 
right,  ADV.,  bien. 
rigorous,  rigurosisimo  (II,  xv,  27). 
ring,  (for finger)  la  sortija. 
ring,  VN.,  tocar. 
rise,  VN.,    subir;   levantarse;   su- 

birse;    (sun)  *salir,  levantarse; 

(get    out    of    bed)     levantarse; 

(mountain,    building)    elevarse; 

—  early,  madrugar. 
rising,  ADJ.,  naciente. 
river,  el  rio. 
road,  el  camino. 


I32 


VOCABULARY 


roar,  VN.,  bramar,  rugir. 

robber,  el  ladron. 

robe,  el  man  to. 

rock,  la  roca;  el  penasco  (II,  vii, 

15;  II,  xv,  33). 
rocket,  el  cohete. 
roll,  (bread}  el  panecillo. 
rood,  la  cruz. 
roof,  el  tejado;    la  techumbre  (I, 

viii,  19). 
room,  el  cuarto ;    (living  room}  la 

habitacion;    (space  in  which  to 

be  or  move)  el  espacio. 
rope,  la  cuerda. 
Rosalind,  Rosalinda. 
rotunda,  la  rotonda. 
round,  VA.,  rodear;  doblar. 
route,  la  ruta;  (naut.)  el  rumbo. 
row,  VN.,  remar. 
royal,  real, 
ruby,  el  rubi. 
rugged,  escabroso. 
ruin,  la  ruina. 
ruin,  VA.,  arruinar. 
rule,  VA.,  gobernar. 
rumbling,  el  retumbo. 
run,  VN.,  correr. 
running,  ADJ.,  corriente. 
rush,  (hot}  el  junco. 
Russian,  ruso.  \ 

rye,  el  centeno. 

sacred,  sagrado, 

sad,  triste. 

saddle,  la  silla  [de  montar], 

safe,  seguro. 

safely,  salvo  (I,  xxi,  19). 


safety:  in  — ,  salvo,  sin  novedad. 
sail,    VN.,   navegar;    (meaning  to 

"  set  sail  "from)  zarpar. 
sail-boat,  el  bote  de  vela, 
sailing-vessel,  el  buque  de  vela, 
sailor,  el  marinero. 
saint,   el  santo;    (as  a  title\  san 

(/.    santa) ;     (before    masculine 

names    beginning    vvith    to-    or 

do-)  santo. 
salt,  la  sal. 
salute,  VA.,  saludar. 
same,  mismo  (-a,  -os,  -as);  at  the 

—  time,  a  la  vez ;  in  the  —  "way 

as,  de  la  misma  manera  que. 
sand,  la  arena;  — fiat,  el  arenal. 
sapphire,  el  zafiro. 
save,  VA.,  salvar. 
Saxon,  el  Sajon. 
say,  VA.,   *decir;    I  dare —  that, 

me  figure  que. 
scale,  la  escala. 
scare,    el   susto;    quite   a  — ,   un 

gran  s. ;   to  have  a  — ,  llevarse 

un  s. 
scarcely,    apenas;     casi    no    (II, 

xiii,  3). 

scene,  la  escena ;  la  perspectiva. 
scenery,  paisaje. 
school,  la  escuela. 
science,  la  ciencia. 
scorch,  VA.,  achicharrar. 
Scot,  el  Escoces. 
Scotland,  Escocia  (/.). 
scratch,  VA.,  rascar  (II,  i,  6). 
screw,  (naut.}  el  helice. 
sculptor,  VA.,  esculpir. 


VOCABULARY 


sea,  el  mar;  the  —  level,  el  nivel 
del  m.;  —  trip,  el  viaje  por  m. 

search,  la  busca. 

seashore,  la  playa. 

seaside,  los  banos  de  mar  (//.). 

season,  la  estacion. 

seat,  el  asiento. 

seat,  VA.,  *sentar. 

secluded,  apartado. 

second,  segundo. 

secret,  el  secreto. 

secrete,  VA.,  esconder. 

see,  VA.,  *ver ;  —  Jit  to,  dignarse ; 
— !  jmire  usted! 

seed,  la  semilla. 

seek,  VA.,  buscar. 

seem,  VN.,  *parecer. 

seize,  VA.,  *asir;  apoderarse  de. 

seldom,  raras  veces. 

self-denial,  la  abnegacion. 

sell,  VA.,  vender.  [nosa. 

semi-darkness,  la  oscuridad  lumi- 

send,  VA.,  mandar. 

sentence,  la  frase. 

September,  septiembre  or  se- 
tiembre. 

sequestered,  apartado. 

serene,  bonancible. 

serpent,  la  serpiente;  la  culebra. 

servant,  el  criado. 

servant-girl,  la  criada. 

serve,  VA.,  *servir. 

set,  la  serie. 

set,  VA.,  *poner ;  to  —  foot,  p.  el 
pie;  — free,  libertar ;  — ,  VN., 
(the  sun)  *ponerse;  sumirse  (II, 
vi,  1 8);  —  out,  partir, 


setting  sun,  el  sol  poniente. 
settle,  VA.,  *establecer;   — ,  VN., 

*establecerse. 
settled,  raso  (II,  xi,  31). 
settlement,  el  establecimiento. 
seven,  siete. 
seventy,  setenta. 
several,  varies  (-as) ;  una  porcion 

de  (II,  xi,  4). 
severe,  severe, 
shade,  la  sombra;  (of  color)  el  ma- 

tiz. 

shade,  VA.,  sombrear. 
shadow,  la  sombra. 
shadow,  VA.,  sombrear. 
shaft,  el  socabon. 
shaggy,  hirsute. 
shame,  la  vergiienza;  to  put  to  — , 

VA.,  *avergonzar. 
shape,  la  forma, 
share,  VA.,  compartir. 
sharp-pointed,  agudo. 
shattered,  desmenuzado. 
sheath,  la  gavilla. 
shed,  VA.,  derramar. 
sheep,  la  oveja. 
sheer,  franco, 
shell,  la  concha, 
shelter,  el  abrigo. 
shield,  el  escudo. 
shine,  VN.,  brillar;  —  out,  brillar. 
shingle,  el  tejamanil. 
shining,  brillante. 
ship,  el  buque. 
shipwreck,  el  naufragio. 
shoal,  la  tropa. 
shocking,  espantoso. 


134 


VOCABULARY 


shoe,  el  zapato ;  to  kill  -with  one's 

— s,  matar  a  zapatazos. 
shoemaker,  el  zapatero. 
shoot,  VA.,  tirar;    to  —  any  one, 

pegar  un  tiro  a  alguien. 
shore,  la  costa;  la  playa. 
short,  corto ;  a  —  time  ago,  poco  ha. 
shortly,  pronto. 
shot,  las  postas  (//.). 
shout,  el  grito;    (collectively)  — s, 

la  griteria  (sing?). 
show,  VA.,  *mostrar;   ensenar  (I, 

xxii,   14);    *demostrar;    —  out, 

VN.,  *mostrarse. 
shower,  elaguacero;  lalluvia;  (of 

sparks)  la  granizada. 
shrub,  el  arbusto. 
shut,  VA.,  *cerrar;   —  in,  limitar 

(II,  xv,  17);   —  (/own,  acabarse 

(II,  xi,  37). 
sick,  malo ;  enfermo;   —  man,  el 

enfermo. 
side,  el  lado ;    on  the  other  — ,  al 

otro  lado. 
sigh,  el  suspiro. 
sight,  el  espectaculo ;    in  —  of,  a 

la  vista  de. 
signal  light,  el  farol. 
silence,  el  silencio. 
silent,  silencioso. 
silica,  la  silice. 
silk,  la  seda. 
silver,  la  plata. 
silver,  ADJ.,  plateado. 
silver,  VA.,  platear. 
silvery,  to  look  — ,  *parecer  ser 

de  plata, 


similar,  semejante. 

simple,  sencillo. 

since,  desde ;  despues  de. 

sincere,  sincere ;    fiel ;    —  friend, 

fiel  amigo. 
sing,  VA.,  cantar. 
singer,  el  cantador;  la  cantatriz. 
single,  solo ;  simple  (I,  xiii,  5). 
sink,  VN.,  hundirse  (II,  ix,  12). 
sister,  la  hermana. 
sit,  VN.,   (i.e.,  to  be  seated)  *estar 

sentado;  —  down,  *sentarse. 
sitting,  sentado. 
six,  seis ; sided,  hexilatero,  de 

s.  lados. 
sixty,  sesenta. 
size,  el  tamano. 
skate,  el  patin. 
skate,  VN.,  patinar;    to  —  across, 

*atravesar  patinando. 
skater,  el  patinador. 
skating,  el  patinar. 
sketch,  el  bosquejo. 
skilful,  habil. 
skill,  la  habilidad. 
skin,  la  piel;    (human)  el  cutis; 

(of  banana)  la  cascara. 
sky,  el  cielo. 
skylight,  la  tragaluz. 
slaughter,  la  matanza. 
sleep,  el  sueno. 
sleep,  VN.,  *dormir;    to  go  to — , 

echarse  a  dormir. 
sleeping,    dorrnido ;    (fig?)    sono- 

liento. 
sleepy,    sonoliento;    to    be   \very] 

sleepy,  *tener  [mucho]  sueno. 


VOCABULARY 


'35 


sleet,  la  aguanieve. 

sleigh,  el  trineo ;  to  go riding, 

pasearse  en  trineo. 

slightly,  algo. 

slope,  la  falda. 

sloppy,  cenagoso. 

slow,  lento. 

small,  pequeno. 

smaller,  menor  (II,  xv,  13). 

small-pox,  las  viruelas  (pi.). 

smell,  VA.,  VN.,  *oler. 

smile,  VN.,  sonreirse  (II,  xii,  8). 

smoke,  el  humo. 

smooth,  suave. 

snow,  la  nieve ;  fall  of  — ,  la  ne- 
vada ;  — ball,  la  pelota  de  nieve ; 
to  play  at  — ball,  tirarse  pelotas 
de  nieve ; capped, cov- 
ered, nevado; storm,  la  ne- 

vada;  la  tempestad  de  nieve. 

snowy,  niveo. 

SO,   asi;    tan;    (absolutely)   tanto; 

—  that,  —  much  that,  tanto  que; 

—  that,  (causative)  asi  que,  de. 
modo  que ;  —  long,  (time)  tanto 
tiempo;  —  many  people,  tantos 
hombres. 

soar,  VN.,  *cernerse. 

sofa,  el  sofa. 

soft,  suave;  blando. 

softly,  suavemente. 

soil,     el     suelo;     la    tierra     (II, 

iv,  2). 
soldier,  el   soldado;  foot  — s,  la 

infanteria. 
sole,  ADJ.,  unico. 
some,     alguno     (-a,     -os,     -as) 


(shortened  to  algun  before  masc. 

sing,  nouns). 
something,  algo. 
sometimes,  algunas  veces. 
somewhat,  algo. 
son,  el  hijo. 

song,  la  cancion;  el  canto, 
soon,  pronto. 
sorrow,  la  angustia. 
sorry:  to  be  — ,  VN.,  *sentir;  to  be. 

— for,  *sentir,  VA.  ;  to  be  —  that, 

*sentir  que. 
sort,   la   clase;    all  — s  of,  toda 

c.  de. 

sound,  VN.,  *sonar. 
soup,  la  sopa. 
sour,  agrio. 
source,  la  fuente. 
south,  ADJ.,  meridional. 
South  America,  Sud  America  (/.). 
southern,    meridional;    --   cross, 

la  cruz  del  sur. 
southwest,  s.,  el  sudoeste. 
sovereign,  el  soberano. 
space,    el    espacio;    el    intervalo 

(I,  xxiii,  8). 
spacious,  anchuroso. 
Spain,  Espana  (/.). 
Spanish,  espanol;  (language)  cas- 

tellano;  the  —  language,  el  cas- 

tellano. 

spare,  VA.,  perdonar. 
sparkle    \with~],    VN.,     centellear 

[con]. 
sparkling,    centelleante ;     (brook) 

cristalino. 
sparrow,  el  gorrion. 


i36 


VOCABULARY 


speak    \about\,   VN.,   hablar   [de]; 

so  to  — ,  por  decirlo  asi. 
spear,  la  lanza. 
species,  la  especie. 
specimen,  la  muestra. 
speed,  la  velocidad. 
spend,  VA.,  gastar;  (time)    pasar. 
spirit,  el  espiritu. 
splendid,  esplendido;  brillante. 
splendor,  el  esplendor. 
spoil,  echar  a  perder. 
spotless,  inmaculado. 
spread,  VA.,  derramar. 
spring,  s.,  (season]  la  primavera; 

(water  source)  el  manantial. 
spring,  ADJ.,  primaveral. 
spring,  VN.,  brincar. 
sprinkle,   VA.,   rociar;    to   become 

— d  with,  tachonarse  de. 
SS.,  (abbrev.  for  "steamship")  el 

vapor. 

ftftfa^Ew'Vft],  VA.,  manchar  [de]. 
stair,  stairs,  la  escalera.         [reo. 
stamp :  postage  — ,  el  sello  de  cor- 
stand,  VN.,  *estar;  *estar  parade; 

quedarse  (II,  viii,  10). 
standard,  el  estandarte. 
star,  la  estrella ;  el  astro  (II, 

xv,  ,22). 

starboard,  el  estribor. 
start,  VN.,  (set  out)  *salir ;  partir. 
state,  el  estado. 
state,  VA.,  relatar. 
statement,  la  declaracion. 
statesman,  el  estadista. 
station,  VA.,  *establecer. 
statue,  la  estatua. 


stay,  s.,  la  permanencia. 

stay,  VN.,  quedarse. 

steadily,  sin  interrupcion. 

steady,  fijo. 

steal,  VA.,  robar ;  hurtar  (I,  xx,  9). 

steam,  s.,  el  vapor. 

steam,  VN.,  navegar. 

steamer,  el  vapor. 

steep,  empinado;  pendiente. 

steeple,  el  campanario. 

step,  s.,  el  paso. 

step,  VN.,  *dar  pasos;  --  into, 
entrar  a. 

stern,  ADJ.,  austero. 

stick,  el  palo ;  (walking)  el  baston. 

still,  ADJ.,  quieto. 

still,  VDV.,  aun;   todavia. 

stocked  [with],  poblado  [de]. 

stone,  la  piedra;  — -fruit,  fruta 
de  hueso. 

stop,  VN.,  cesar  (requires  de  be- 
fore a  dependent  infinitive). 

store,  la  tienda. 

store  up,  VA.,  almacenar. 

storm,  la  tempestad ;  el  temporal ; 
la  tormenta  (II,  xi,  6);  thunder 
— ,  la  tronada. 

storm,  VA.,  asaltar. 

stormy,  tempestuoso. 

story,  el  cuento. 

stove,  la  estufa. 

straight,  (nose)  recto;  (hair)  de- 
recho. 

strait,  straits,  el  estrecho. 

strange,  extrafio. 

strap,  la  correa. 

straw-thatched,  cobijado  de  paja. 


VOCABULARY 


'37 


stream,  la  corriente. 

street,  la  calle. 

strength,  las  fuerzas  (//.). 

stretch,  s.,  la  extension. 

stretch,  VA.,  *tender;  — ,  VN.,  *ex- 

tenderse;  — ed  out,  extendido. 
strew,  VA.,  desparramar. 
strike,  VA.,  *herir  ;  (with  the  fist) 

pegar  [a  alguien]  un  punetazo; 

*dar  contra  (II,  v,  20);   chocar 

con  (II,  v,  22). 
strip,  VA.,  despojar. 
stroke,  (of  scythe)  guadanazo. 
stroll,  la  vueltecita ;   to  take  a  — , 

*hacer  una  v. 
strong,  fuerte;  poderoso. 
stubborn,  terco. 
student,  el  alumno. 
study,  el  estudio. 
study,  VA.,  estudiar. 
stupendous,  imponente. 
subject,  el  asunto. 
subsist,  VN.,  subsistir. 
substance,  la  sustancia. 
substitution,  la  sustitucion. 
suburb,  el  arrabal. 
success,  el  buen  exito. 
successfully,  felizmente. 
succession,  la  sucesion;   la  serie 

(II,  xv,  37). 
such,  semejante;    tal;    como;   - 

a,  semejante;  — as,  como;  —  a 

thing,  tal  cosa;    in  —  wise,  de 

tal  manera. 
sudden,  repentino ;  of  a  — ,  de  re- 

pente. 
suddenly,  repentinamente. 


suffer,  VA.,  (undergo)  sufrir. 

sufficiently,  bastante. 

suffuse,  VA.,  banar. 

sugar,  el  azucar. 

sultry :  it  is   [very]   — »    hace  un 

tiempo  [muy]  sofocante. 
summer,  el  verano;  next  — ,  el  v. 

que  viene. 
summit,  la  cima. 
sun,  el  sol. 
Sunday,  el  domingo. 
sunlight,    los   rayos   solares   (II, 

xv,  42). 
sunset,  la  puesta  del  sol ;  at  — ,  a 

la  puesta  del  sol ;   in  the  red  — , 

bajo    los    rojos    rayos    del    sol 

poniente. 

sunshine,  la  claridad  del  sol. 
sup,  VN.,  cenar. 
supper,  la  cena;  after — ,  despues 

de  cenar. 
supply :  in  ample  — ,  en  gran  abun- 

dancia. 

supply,  VA.,  suministrar. 
support,  *mantener  (I,  xiv,  14). 
suppose,  VA.,  *suponer. 
supremacy,  la  supremacia. 
sure  [of],  seguro  \_de~\ ;  to  be  —  that, 

*estar  s.  de  que. 
surface,  la  superficie. 
surpassing,   incomparable ;    tras- 

cendente. 

surprise,  VA.,  sorprender. 
surprising,  sorprendente ;  it  is  — , 

es  cosa  s.  (II,  xiv,  15). 
surrounding,  cercano  (II,  x,  7). 
survey,  el  estudio. 


VOCABULARY 


suspend,  VA.,  suspender. 
swamp,  lacienaga;    — -land,    el 

cenagal. 
swan,  el  cisne. 
sway,  el  poder. 
Sweden,  Suecia  (/.). 
sweeper,  el  basurero. 
sweet,  dulce. 

sweetheart,  el  novio;  la  novia. 
sweetly,  dulcemente. 
swell,  llenar  (II,  xiii,  57). 
swiftly,  con  rapidez;    ligero  (II, 

vi,  7)- 

swiftness,  la  celeridad. 
swim,  VN.,  nadar;   — ,  VA.,  reco- 

rrer  a  nado. 
Swiss,  suizo. 
swollen,  hinchado. 
sword,  la  espada. 
Sybarite,  sibarito. 
system,  el  sistema. 

table,  la  mesa. 

tailor,  el  sastre. 

take,  VA.,  tomar;  llevar;  cojer 
(I,  x,  9) ;  to  —  from  anyone, 
quitar  a  alguien;  to  —  {mean- 
ing "to  steal")  from  anyone,  ro- 
bar  a  alguien ;  to  —  a  journey, 
*hacer  un  viaje;  —  one's  way, 
*seguir  su  camino;  —  reftige, 
ref ugiarse ;  —  Tip,  tomar ;  —  a 
•walk,  *dar  un  paseo,  *dar  una 
vuelta;  —  a  short  "walk,  *dar 
una  vueltecita. 

talent,  el  talento. 

talented,  de  talento. 


tall,  alto. 

talon,  la  garra. 

tariff,  el  arancel;    —  question,  la 

cuestion  arancelaria. 
Tarn,  Mount  — ,  el  monte  Tharn. 
taste,  el  gusto. 
tea,  el  te ;    to  drink  — ,  tomar  te ; 

to  take  —   (i.e.   supper),    tomar 

elte. 
teach,  VA.,  ensenar;    educar  (II, 

viii,  10). 

teacher,  el  maestro, 
tear,  la  lagrima. 
tear,  VA.,  desgarrar;  —  off,  arran- 

car. 
tell,    VA.,    *decir;     (a    narrative) 

*contar ;  {give  an  order)  mandar 

{followed  by  subjunct.). 
telegraph  line,  la  linea  telegrafica. 
temperate,  templado. 
tempest,  tempestad. 
temple,  el  templo. 
temptation,  la  tentaci6n. 
ten,  diez. 
tender,  tierno. 
tent,  la  tienda. 
term,  VA.,  llamar;    *conocer  con 

el  nombre  de  (II,  iv,  3). 
terrace,  el  terrado. 
terrestrial,  terrestre. 
terrific,  espantoso. 
than,  que. 
thankful,  grato. 
thank,  VA.,  *agradecer;    —  you, 

se  lo  agradezco  a  Vd. ;  /  —  you 

very  much,  se  lo  agradezco  a 

Vd.  infinite. 


VOCABULARY 


139 


that,  (relative)  que;  (demonstra- 
tive) ese  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;  (neuter) 
eso ;  (remote  time  or  place)  aquel 
(/.  aquella,  //.  -os,  -as). 

thaw,  VN.,  *deshelar. 

the,  el  (/.la;//,  los,  las). 

their,  su  (pi.  sus). 

then,  (at  that  time)  entonces;  {next 
in  order)  luego. 

there,  alii ;  —  is,  —  are,  hay ;   - 
was,  —  were,  habia ;  —  "will  be, 
habra. 

therefore,  por  eso. 

thick,  espeso;  grueso;  denso  (II, 
xii,  49) ;  to  be  [two  feet]  thick, 
*tener  [dos  pies]  de  espesor. 

thin,  sutil  (II,  v,  18);    tenue  (II, 

V,  22). 

thing,  la  cosa;  el  articulo  (II,  xiv, 

21);  such  a  — ,  tal  cosa. 
think  [of],  VN.,  *pensar  [en] ;  avi- 

sarse  [de]  (II,  xiii,  51);  —  that, 

creer  que. 
third,  tercero. 

thirty,  treinta;  — -five,  t.  y  cinco. 
this,  este  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;    (neuter) 

esto. 

Thomas,  Tomas  (m.). 
thorn,  el  espino. 
thoroughly,  a  fondo. 
though,  aunque. 
thought,  el  pensamiento. 
thousand,  mil;  a  — ,  mil. 
thread,  el  hilo. 
threat,  la  menaza. 
threaten,  VA.,  amenazar. 
three,  tres. 


thriving,  prosperante. 

throne,  el  trono. 

through,  por;  por  entre  (II,  xv, 
10);  (in  title,  II,  xv,)  travesia  de. 

throw,  VA.,  arrojar;  away,  lanzar, 
(colloquial)  botar;  —  up,  arro- 
jar. 

thunder,  el  trueno. 

thus,  asi;   de  ese  modo. 

thwart,  VA.,  frustrar. 

tiger,  el  tigre. 

tightly  closed,  bien  cerrado. 

time,  el  tiempo ;  el  espacio  (I,  xxi, 
n);  la  epoca  (II,  viii,  i);  (con- 
sidered as  part  of  a  series)  la 
vez;  this — ,  esta  v.,  three — s, 
tres  veces ;  at  the  same  — ,  a  la 
v. ;  at  — s,  a  veces ;  to  have  a 
good  time,  divertirse  mucho;  to 
have  —  to,  tener  tiempo  de;  in 
— ,  a  tiempo;  a  long  — ,  por 
largo  t.  (I,  xxii,  25);  about  this 
— ,  acerca  de  esta  estacion. 

tin,  el  estano. 

tint,  el  matiz. 

tip,  el  extremo. 

tired,  cansado. 

title,  el  titulo. 

to,  a;  (up  to,  as  far  as)  hasta;  (in 
order  to)  para. 

tobacco,  el  tabaco. 

to-day,  hoy. 

together,  juntos,  (/.  -as). 

token,  la  prueba. 

to-morrow,  mafiana. 

tongue,  la  lengua;  (speech)  el 
habla  (/.). 


140 


VOCABULARY 


to-night,  esta  noche. 

too,  (excessively)  demasiado ;  (also) 

tambien;    —  much,  demasiado 

(-a),  many,     demasiados 

(-as). 

tooth,  el  diente. 
topaz,  el  topacio. 
torch,   la  antorcha;    (of  resinous 

wood)  la  tea. 
torn,    PP.,  roto;    desgarrado  (II, 

xv,  38). 

tornado,  el  huracan. 
touch,   VA.,   tocar;    acariciar  (II, 

xv,  23). 

touching,  simpatico. 
tour,  la  vuelta;  to  make  the  —  of, 

*dar  la  v.  a. 
toward,    towards,    hacia;    (fig.) 

para  con. 
tower,  la  torre. 
town,    la   poblacion;    (small)   el 

pueblo;    (large)    la  ciudad;    la 

ciudad  (II,  xv,  26). 
trace,  el  vestigio. 
train,  el  tren. 
transact,  VA.,  despachar. 
transform  \into\  VA.,  trasformar 

[en]. 

transmit,  VA.,  transmitir. 
transparent,  trasparente ;  diaf ano 

(II,  x,  7). 

transplant,  VA.,  trasplantar. 
transport,  VA.,  trasportar. 
tranquil,  tranquilo. 
trash,  una  bicoca. 
travel,  el  viaje. 
travel,    VN.,    viajar;    -  -    across, 


*atravesar ;  to  —  (a  certain  dis- 
tance}, recorrer,  VA. 

traveler,  el  viajero. 

tread,  VA.,  pisar. 

treatise,  el  tratado. 

tree,  el  arbol ;  young  — ,  el  arbo- 
lito. 

tremble,  VN.,  *estremecer. 

tremulous,  tremulo. 

tribe,  la  tribu. 

trodden,  pisado. 

troop,  la  tropa. 

trot,  VN.,  trotar. 

troublesome,  molesto.  x 

trout,  la  trucha. 

truck,  el  carro;  hook-and-ladder 
— ,  c.  de  escalas. 

true,  verdadero ;  cierto ;  it  is  [not] 
— ,  [no]  es  verdad. 

trunk,  el  tronco. 

truth,  la  verdad. 

try  \to\y  VN.,  tratar  [de] ;  intentar 
(I,  xxi,  8). 

tunnel,  VA.,  tunelar.' 

turbid,  turbio. 

turn,  la  vuelta. 

turn,  VA.,  *convertir;  *mover  (I, 
xv,  12);  —  to  account,  *hacer 
valer;  —  the  hose  upon,  lanzar 
chorros  sobre;  — ,  VN.,  girar; 
—  out,  *salir ;  —  out  well,  *tener 
buen  exito. 

turquoise,  la  turquesa. 

turret,  el  torreon. 

twelve,  doce. 

twenty,  veinte. 

twenty-five,  veinticinco. 


VOCABULARY 


141 


twilight,  el  crepusculo. 
two,  dos. 
type,  el  tipo. 

ugly,  feo. 

umbrella,  el  paraguas. 

unaware :  to  be  —  of,  VA.,  ignorar. 

uncomfortable,  incomodo. 

under,  bajo ;  debajo  de ;  {motion) 
por  debajo  de. 

undergo,  VA.,  sufrir. 

understand,  VA.,  comprender ;  *en- 
tender  (I,  xvi,  6) ;  —  that,  *en- 
tiender  decir  que;  I  understand 
that,  entiendo  decir  que. 

undertaking,  la  empresa. 

undisputed,  incontesta&te. 

unexpected,  inesperable. 

unfortunate,  desgraciado;  an  - 
man,  un  d. 

unify,  VA.,  unificar;  to  become 
unified,  unificarse. 

unite,  VA.,  unir. 

united,  unido;  the  —  States,  los 
Estados  Unidos. 

unknown  [by],  desconocido  [por]. 

unless,  a  menos  que ;  a  no  ser  que 
{followed  by  subjunctive). 

unlucky,  fatal. 

unmolested,  sin  estorbo. 

un-plausible,  improbable. 

unroll,  VA.,  *desenvolver. 

untamed,  indomito. 

until,  hasta  (followed  by  infini- 
tive];  hasta  que  (followed  by 
indicative  or  subjuntive). 

untiring,  incansable. 


upbraid,  VA.,  *reconvenir. 

upon,  en;  sobre;  encima  de. 

upper,  superior. 

uproot,  VA.,  arrancar  por  com- 
plete ;  arrancar  de  cuajo. 

upstairs,  arriba ;  to  go  — ,  subir  la 
escalera. 

up  to,  hasta. 

us,  nos. 

use,  s.,  el  uso. 

use,  VA.,  usar;  emplear;  *ser- 
virse  de. 

useful,  util. 

useless,  inutil. 

usually,  ordinariamente. 

vain,  inutil;  in  — ,  en  vano. 

valley,  el  valle. 

valuable,  valioso;  precioso. 

value,  el  valor. 

vaporize,    VA.,     evaporar;    *con- 

vertir  en  vapor  (II,  v,  20). 
vaporization,  la  evaporation, 
various,  varies  (-as), 
vase,  el  vaso. 
vast,  vasto. 
vein,  la  vena, 
venture,  VN.,  aventurarse. 
verdure,  la  verdura. 
verse,  el  verso. 
very,   muy;    (often    expressed  by 

termination    -isimo)    -  -   much, 

muchisimo. 
vessel,  el  buque;    sailing  — ,  bu- 

que  de  vela. 
view,  la  perspectiva. 
vine,  la  vid. 


142 


VOCABULARY 


violently,  con  violencia. 

violet,  la  violeta. 

virgin,    la   virgen;    Cape  — s,   el 

cabo  de  Virgenes. 
visit,  la  visita. 
vivid,  vivo. 
voice,  la  voz. 
volcano,  el  volcan. 
volume,    el   volumen;     (book)    el 

tomo;   (smoke)  el  torbellino. 
voyage,  el  viaje. 

waft,  VA.,  llevar. 

wait,  VA.,  esperar. 

waiter,  el  mozo. 

waking,  el  despertamiento. 

Wales,  Gales  (»/.). 

walk,  el  paseo ;  (stroll )  la  vuelta ; 
short  — ,  la  vueltecita;  to  take 
a  — ,  *dar  un  paseo;  to  take  a 
short  — ,  *dar  una  vueltecita. 

walk,  VA.,   pisar;    (a  certain   dis- 
tance) recorrer  a  pie ;    — ,  VN., 
*andar,  caminar,    *ir  a  pie ;    - 
across,  *atravesar  a  pie. 

wall,  la  muralla;  (inner  wall)  la 
pared. 

wander,  VN.,  vagar. 

want,  VA.,  querer. 

war,  la'guerra. 
_Weirbling,  el  gorgeo. 

warm,  caluroso;  (to  the  touch)  ca- 
liente. 

warm,  VA.,  *calentar. 

warrior,  el  guerrero. 

wash,  VA.,  lavar ;  —  away,  arras- 
trar. 


watch,  el  reloj  (or  relo)  [de  bol- 
sillo]. 

watch,  VA.,  (look  at)  mirar; 
(guard)  velar;  to  keep  —  over 
(or  above),  velar. 

water,  el  agua  (/.);  --  power, 
fuerza  de  a. 

water,  VA.,  *regar. 

waterfall,  la  cascada. 

watering,  la  aguada. 

water-lily,  la  azucena. 

wave,  la  ola. 

way,  (route)  el  camino;  (manner) 
el  modo,  la  manera ;  to  continue 
on  one's  — ,  to  take  one's  — ,  *se- 
guir  sue.;  in  a  .  .  .  way,  de  una 
manera  .  .  . ;  in  my  own  — ,  a 
mi  modo ;  in  the  same  —  as,  de 
la  misma  manera  que. 

wayfarer,  el  viandante. 

weapon,  el  arma  (/.). 

wealth,  los  productos   (//.)   (II, 

wear,  VA.,  llevar. 

weather,  el  tiempo;  bad  — ,  mal 

t. ;  dry  — ,  la  seca ;  the  —  is  bad, 

hace  mal  t. 
wedding,  la  boda. 
week,  la  semana ;   last  — ,  la  se- 

mana  pasada. 

week-day,  el  dia  de  trabajo. 
weep,  VN.,  llorar;    --for,   VA., 

llorar. 

weight,  el  peso. 
well,    ADV.,    bien;    (exclamation) 

bueno ;  as  —  as,  lo  mismo  que, 

asi  como ;  —  known,  bien  cono- 


VOCABULARY 


143 


cido;    —  marked,    bien    deter- 
minado. 

western,  occidental. 

westward,  hacia  el  occidente. 

wet,  hiimedo;  mojado. 

whale,  la  ballena. 

what,    (interrogative)     que,    cual; 
que  cosa ;   (relative)  lo  que. 

whatever,  sea  el  que  quiera  .  .  . 
que  {followed  by  subjunctive). 

wheat,  el  trigo. 

whence,  de  donde. 

when,    cuando;    (as   soon   as)  en 
cuanto. 

whenever,      cuandoquiera      que 
(followed  by  stibjunctive). 

where,  donde. 

wherever,  dondequiera  que  (fol- 
lowed by  subjunctive). 

which,  (interrogative)  cual;    (rela- 
tive) que,  el  cual. 

while,  mientras;  mientras  que. 

whip,  VA.,  azotar;   to  —  to  death, 
matar  a  latigazos. 

white,  bianco;  palido  (II,  ix,  14). 

whiteness,  la  blancura. 

who,  (interrogative)  quien;   (rela- 
tive) quien,  que. 

whoever,    quienquiera   que    (fol- 
lowed by  subjunctive). 

whole,  todo  (-a,  -os,  -as) ;  entero ; 
a  —  day,  todo  un  dia ;    the  — 
day,  todo  el  dia. 

Whom,  a  quien,  que. 

whose,  cuyo  (-a,  -os,  -as). 

why,  por  que. 

wide,  dilatado, 


widen,  VN.,  ensancharse;   abrirse 

(II,  xv,  1 6). 
width,  la  anchura. 
wife,  (one's  own)  mujer,  esposa; 

(another's)  sefiora  (§  229). 
wild,  agreste  (II,  xv,  14);  salvaje 

(II,  xv,  37);  funesto  (II,  ix,  13). 
will,  la  voluntad. 
William,  Guillermo. 
win,  VA.,  ganar. 
wind,  el  viento;    the  —   is   very 

high,  hace  mucho  v. 
winding,  s.,  la  revuelta. 
winding,  ADJ.,  sinuoso. 
windmill,  el  molino  de  viento. 
window,  la  ventana. 
wine,  el  vino, 
wing,  el  ala  (/.). 
winged,  alado. 
winter,  el  invierno;   last  — ,  el  i. 

pasado. 

winter,  ADJ.,  invernal. 
wipe,   VA.,  limpiar;  —  off  from, 

borrar  de. 
wise,  sabio. 
wish,  VA.,  desear ;  *querer;  / — 7 

had,  quisiera  tener;    /  —  that, 

quisiera  que   (followed  by  past 

subjunctive). 
witchery,  el  encanto. 
with,  con ;  —  me,  conmigo. 
withdraw,  VA.,  retirar ;    — ,  VN., 

retirarse. 
wither,    VA.,   marchitar;  —  VN., 

marchitarse. 
within,  ADV.,  dentro;  — ,  PREP., 

dentro  de, 


144 


VOCABULARY 


without,  PREP.,  sin ;  — ,  ADV.,  (out 

doors}  afuera. 
witty,  chistoso. 
woman,  la  mujer. 
womanhood,  la  mujer. 
wonder :    /  -  -    if,    quisiera    sa- 
ber si. 

wonderful,  maravilloso. 
wood,  (material]  lamadera;(/;^/) 

la  lena;  (woods)  el  bosque. 
wool,  la  lana. 
word,  la  palabra;  —  of  command, 

la  voz  de  mando. 

work,    (labor)    el    trabajo;     (per- 
formance)    la    obra;     (literary 

production)  la  obra. 
work,  VN.,  trabajar. 
work-a-day,  ADJ.,  trabajador. 
workman,  el  obrero. 
world,  el  mundo;    el  globo;  el  g, 

terrestre  (II,  viii,  15);    the  New 

— ,  el  Nuevo  M. 
worship,  el  culto. 
worth :  to  be  — ,  *valer ;  to  be  — 

•while,  v.  la  pena. 
worthy    [of],    acreedor    [a]     (II, 

xv,  3). 
would:     -   -    to    God,    ojala    que 

(followed  by  subjunctive). 
wound,  la  herida. 


wounded,  herido. 
woven,  tejido. 
wrap,  el  abrigo. 
wrap,  VA,,  abrigar. 
wrapt,  (fig^  encapotado. 
write,  VA.,  escribir  (PP.  escrito); 
-   a  good  hand,  *tener  buena 
letra. 
writer,  el  escritor. 

yard,   (measure)  la  vara;    (naut.) 

la  verga. 

year,  el  ano ;  last  — ,  el  a.  pasado. 
yellow,  amarillo. 
yellowish,  amarillento. 
yes,  si ;  —  indeed!  \  ya  lo  creo ! 
yesterday,  ayer;    —  afternoon,  a, 

por  la  tarde. 
yet,  todavia ;  not  — ,  no  [verb]  t. ; 

(without  verb)  t.  no. 
yield,  VA.,  ceder. 
you,  Vd.  (abbrev.  of  usted). 
young,  joven;  juvenil  (II,  vi,  14); 

—  man,  el  joven;  — tree,  el  ar- 

bolito. 
youth,  la  juventud;    (young  man) 

el  joven. 

zeal,  el  celo. 
zero,  el  cero. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 

-JFiije  scheduler^ ^5'<ce»ts  qn^first  $ay.  overdue 

50  cents  oh  fourth  day  overdue 
One  dollar  on  seventh  day  overdue. 


OCf 


1S47 


NOV  20  1947 


21Dec'49Af 


LD  21-100m-12,'46(A2012sl6)4120 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


127 


\  ff^I^ERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


